devices/e1000/e1000_hw-2.6.31-orig.c
changeset 2066 b544025bd696
parent 1996 852668fdae6a
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/devices/e1000/e1000_hw-2.6.31-orig.c	Thu May 12 16:45:02 2011 +0200
@@ -0,0 +1,8878 @@
+/*******************************************************************************
+
+  Intel PRO/1000 Linux driver
+  Copyright(c) 1999 - 2006 Intel Corporation.
+
+  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+  under the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public License,
+  version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+  This program is distributed in the hope it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
+  more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+  this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+  51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+
+  The full GNU General Public License is included in this distribution in
+  the file called "COPYING".
+
+  Contact Information:
+  Linux NICS <linux.nics@intel.com>
+  e1000-devel Mailing List <e1000-devel@lists.sourceforge.net>
+  Intel Corporation, 5200 N.E. Elam Young Parkway, Hillsboro, OR 97124-6497
+
+*******************************************************************************/
+
+/* e1000_hw.c
+ * Shared functions for accessing and configuring the MAC
+ */
+
+
+#include "e1000_hw.h"
+
+static s32 e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 mask);
+static void e1000_swfw_sync_release(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 mask);
+static s32 e1000_read_kmrn_reg(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 reg_addr, u16 *data);
+static s32 e1000_write_kmrn_reg(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 reg_addr, u16 data);
+static s32 e1000_get_software_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static void e1000_release_software_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+
+static u8 e1000_arc_subsystem_valid(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_check_downshift(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_check_polarity(struct e1000_hw *hw,
+				e1000_rev_polarity *polarity);
+static void e1000_clear_hw_cntrs(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static void e1000_clear_vfta(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_commit_shadow_ram(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change(struct e1000_hw *hw,
+					      bool link_up);
+static s32 e1000_config_fc_after_link_up(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_detect_gig_phy(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_erase_ich8_4k_segment(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 bank);
+static s32 e1000_get_auto_rd_done(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_get_cable_length(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 *min_length,
+				  u16 *max_length);
+static s32 e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_get_phy_cfg_done(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_get_software_flag(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_ich8_cycle_init(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_ich8_flash_cycle(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 timeout);
+static s32 e1000_id_led_init(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_init_lcd_from_nvm_config_region(struct e1000_hw *hw,
+						 u32 cnf_base_addr,
+						 u32 cnf_size);
+static s32 e1000_init_lcd_from_nvm(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static void e1000_init_rx_addrs(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static void e1000_initialize_hardware_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static bool e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_kumeran_lock_loss_workaround(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_mng_enable_host_if(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_mng_host_if_write(struct e1000_hw *hw, u8 *buffer, u16 length,
+				   u16 offset, u8 *sum);
+static s32 e1000_mng_write_cmd_header(struct e1000_hw* hw,
+				      struct e1000_host_mng_command_header
+				      *hdr);
+static s32 e1000_mng_write_commit(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_phy_ife_get_info(struct e1000_hw *hw,
+				  struct e1000_phy_info *phy_info);
+static s32 e1000_phy_igp_get_info(struct e1000_hw *hw,
+				  struct e1000_phy_info *phy_info);
+static s32 e1000_read_eeprom_eerd(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 offset, u16 words,
+				  u16 *data);
+static s32 e1000_write_eeprom_eewr(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 offset, u16 words,
+				   u16 *data);
+static s32 e1000_poll_eerd_eewr_done(struct e1000_hw *hw, int eerd);
+static s32 e1000_phy_m88_get_info(struct e1000_hw *hw,
+				  struct e1000_phy_info *phy_info);
+static void e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_read_ich8_byte(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 index, u8 *data);
+static s32 e1000_verify_write_ich8_byte(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 index,
+					u8 byte);
+static s32 e1000_write_ich8_byte(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 index, u8 byte);
+static s32 e1000_read_ich8_word(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 index, u16 *data);
+static s32 e1000_read_ich8_data(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 index, u32 size,
+				u16 *data);
+static s32 e1000_write_ich8_data(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 index, u32 size,
+				 u16 data);
+static s32 e1000_read_eeprom_ich8(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 offset, u16 words,
+				  u16 *data);
+static s32 e1000_write_eeprom_ich8(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 offset, u16 words,
+				   u16 *data);
+static void e1000_release_software_flag(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_set_d3_lplu_state(struct e1000_hw *hw, bool active);
+static s32 e1000_set_d0_lplu_state(struct e1000_hw *hw, bool active);
+static s32 e1000_set_pci_ex_no_snoop(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 no_snoop);
+static void e1000_set_pci_express_master_disable(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_wait_autoneg(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static void e1000_write_reg_io(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 offset, u32 value);
+static s32 e1000_set_phy_type(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static void e1000_phy_init_script(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_setup_copper_link(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_setup_fiber_serdes_link(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_adjust_serdes_amplitude(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_phy_force_speed_duplex(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_config_mac_to_phy(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static void e1000_raise_mdi_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 *ctrl);
+static void e1000_lower_mdi_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 *ctrl);
+static void e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 data,
+				     u16 count);
+static u16 e1000_shift_in_mdi_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_phy_reset_dsp(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_write_eeprom_spi(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 offset,
+                                      u16 words, u16 *data);
+static s32 e1000_write_eeprom_microwire(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 offset,
+					u16 words, u16 *data);
+static s32 e1000_spi_eeprom_ready(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static void e1000_raise_ee_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 *eecd);
+static void e1000_lower_ee_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 *eecd);
+static void e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 data, u16 count);
+static s32 e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 reg_addr,
+				  u16 phy_data);
+static s32 e1000_read_phy_reg_ex(struct e1000_hw *hw,u32 reg_addr,
+				 u16 *phy_data);
+static u16 e1000_shift_in_ee_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 count);
+static s32 e1000_acquire_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static void e1000_release_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static void e1000_standby_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_set_vco_speed(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_polarity_reversal_workaround(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_set_phy_mode(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_host_if_read_cookie(struct e1000_hw *hw, u8 *buffer);
+static u8 e1000_calculate_mng_checksum(char *buffer, u32 length);
+static s32 e1000_configure_kmrn_for_10_100(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 duplex);
+static s32 e1000_configure_kmrn_for_1000(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_do_read_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 offset, u16 words, u16 *data);
+static s32 e1000_do_write_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 offset, u16 words, u16 *data);
+
+/* IGP cable length table */
+static const
+u16 e1000_igp_cable_length_table[IGP01E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE] =
+    { 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5,
+      5, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 25, 25, 25,
+      25, 25, 25, 25, 30, 30, 30, 30, 40, 40, 40, 40, 40, 40, 40, 40,
+      40, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60,
+      60, 70, 70, 70, 70, 70, 70, 80, 80, 80, 80, 80, 80, 90, 90, 90,
+      90, 90, 90, 90, 90, 90, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100,
+      100, 100, 100, 100, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110,
+      110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120};
+
+static const
+u16 e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[IGP02E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE] =
+    { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 3, 5, 8, 11, 13, 16, 18, 21,
+      0, 0, 0, 3, 6, 10, 13, 16, 19, 23, 26, 29, 32, 35, 38, 41,
+      6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26, 30, 33, 37, 41, 44, 48, 51, 54, 58, 61,
+      21, 26, 31, 35, 40, 44, 49, 53, 57, 61, 65, 68, 72, 75, 79, 82,
+      40, 45, 51, 56, 61, 66, 70, 75, 79, 83, 87, 91, 94, 98, 101, 104,
+      60, 66, 72, 77, 82, 87, 92, 96, 100, 104, 108, 111, 114, 117, 119, 121,
+      83, 89, 95, 100, 105, 109, 113, 116, 119, 122, 124,
+      104, 109, 114, 118, 121, 124};
+
+static DEFINE_SPINLOCK(e1000_eeprom_lock);
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Set the phy type member in the hw struct.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_set_phy_type(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_phy_type");
+
+    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_undefined)
+        return -E1000_ERR_PHY_TYPE;
+
+    switch (hw->phy_id) {
+    case M88E1000_E_PHY_ID:
+    case M88E1000_I_PHY_ID:
+    case M88E1011_I_PHY_ID:
+    case M88E1111_I_PHY_ID:
+        hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_m88;
+        break;
+    case IGP01E1000_I_PHY_ID:
+        if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82541 ||
+            hw->mac_type == e1000_82541_rev_2 ||
+            hw->mac_type == e1000_82547 ||
+            hw->mac_type == e1000_82547_rev_2) {
+            hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_igp;
+            break;
+        }
+    case IGP03E1000_E_PHY_ID:
+        hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_igp_3;
+        break;
+    case IFE_E_PHY_ID:
+    case IFE_PLUS_E_PHY_ID:
+    case IFE_C_E_PHY_ID:
+        hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_ife;
+        break;
+    case GG82563_E_PHY_ID:
+        if (hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) {
+            hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_gg82563;
+            break;
+        }
+        /* Fall Through */
+    default:
+        /* Should never have loaded on this device */
+        hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_undefined;
+        return -E1000_ERR_PHY_TYPE;
+    }
+
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * IGP phy init script - initializes the GbE PHY
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static void e1000_phy_init_script(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    u32 ret_val;
+    u16 phy_saved_data;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_init_script");
+
+    if (hw->phy_init_script) {
+        msleep(20);
+
+        /* Save off the current value of register 0x2F5B to be restored at
+         * the end of this routine. */
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, &phy_saved_data);
+
+        /* Disabled the PHY transmitter */
+        e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, 0x0003);
+
+        msleep(20);
+
+        e1000_write_phy_reg(hw,0x0000,0x0140);
+
+        msleep(5);
+
+        switch (hw->mac_type) {
+        case e1000_82541:
+        case e1000_82547:
+            e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F95, 0x0001);
+
+            e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F71, 0xBD21);
+
+            e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F79, 0x0018);
+
+            e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F30, 0x1600);
+
+            e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F31, 0x0014);
+
+            e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F32, 0x161C);
+
+            e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F94, 0x0003);
+
+            e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F96, 0x003F);
+
+            e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2010, 0x0008);
+            break;
+
+        case e1000_82541_rev_2:
+        case e1000_82547_rev_2:
+            e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F73, 0x0099);
+            break;
+        default:
+            break;
+        }
+
+        e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000, 0x3300);
+
+        msleep(20);
+
+        /* Now enable the transmitter */
+        e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, phy_saved_data);
+
+        if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82547) {
+            u16 fused, fine, coarse;
+
+            /* Move to analog registers page */
+            e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_ANALOG_SPARE_FUSE_STATUS, &fused);
+
+            if (!(fused & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_SPARE_FUSE_ENABLED)) {
+                e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_STATUS, &fused);
+
+                fine = fused & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_FINE_MASK;
+                coarse = fused & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_MASK;
+
+                if (coarse > IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_THRESH) {
+                    coarse -= IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_10;
+                    fine -= IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_FINE_1;
+                } else if (coarse == IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_THRESH)
+                    fine -= IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_FINE_10;
+
+                fused = (fused & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_POLY_MASK) |
+                        (fine & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_FINE_MASK) |
+                        (coarse & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_MASK);
+
+                e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_CONTROL, fused);
+                e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_BYPASS,
+                                    IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_ENABLE_SW_CONTROL);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Set the mac type member in the hw struct.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *****************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_set_mac_type(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+	DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_mac_type");
+
+	switch (hw->device_id) {
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82542:
+		switch (hw->revision_id) {
+		case E1000_82542_2_0_REV_ID:
+			hw->mac_type = e1000_82542_rev2_0;
+			break;
+		case E1000_82542_2_1_REV_ID:
+			hw->mac_type = e1000_82542_rev2_1;
+			break;
+		default:
+			/* Invalid 82542 revision ID */
+			return -E1000_ERR_MAC_TYPE;
+		}
+		break;
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82543GC_FIBER:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82543GC_COPPER:
+		hw->mac_type = e1000_82543;
+		break;
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82544EI_COPPER:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82544EI_FIBER:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82544GC_COPPER:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82544GC_LOM:
+		hw->mac_type = e1000_82544;
+		break;
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EM:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EM_LOM:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EP:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EP_LOM:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EP_LP:
+		hw->mac_type = e1000_82540;
+		break;
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82545EM_COPPER:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82545EM_FIBER:
+		hw->mac_type = e1000_82545;
+		break;
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82545GM_COPPER:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82545GM_FIBER:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82545GM_SERDES:
+		hw->mac_type = e1000_82545_rev_3;
+		break;
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82546EB_COPPER:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82546EB_FIBER:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82546EB_QUAD_COPPER:
+		hw->mac_type = e1000_82546;
+		break;
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_COPPER:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_FIBER:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_SERDES:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_PCIE:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_QUAD_COPPER:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_QUAD_COPPER_KSP3:
+		hw->mac_type = e1000_82546_rev_3;
+		break;
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82541EI:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82541EI_MOBILE:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82541ER_LOM:
+		hw->mac_type = e1000_82541;
+		break;
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82541ER:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82541GI:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82541GI_LF:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82541GI_MOBILE:
+		hw->mac_type = e1000_82541_rev_2;
+		break;
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82547EI:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82547EI_MOBILE:
+		hw->mac_type = e1000_82547;
+		break;
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82547GI:
+		hw->mac_type = e1000_82547_rev_2;
+		break;
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_COPPER:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_FIBER:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_SERDES:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_SERDES_DUAL:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_SERDES_QUAD:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_QUAD_COPPER:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82571PT_QUAD_COPPER:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_QUAD_FIBER:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_QUAD_COPPER_LOWPROFILE:
+		hw->mac_type = e1000_82571;
+		break;
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82572EI_COPPER:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82572EI_FIBER:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82572EI_SERDES:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82572EI:
+		hw->mac_type = e1000_82572;
+		break;
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82573E:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82573E_IAMT:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_82573L:
+		hw->mac_type = e1000_82573;
+		break;
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_80003ES2LAN_COPPER_SPT:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_80003ES2LAN_SERDES_SPT:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_80003ES2LAN_COPPER_DPT:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_80003ES2LAN_SERDES_DPT:
+		hw->mac_type = e1000_80003es2lan;
+		break;
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IGP_M_AMT:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IGP_AMT:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IGP_C:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IFE:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IFE_GT:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IFE_G:
+	case E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IGP_M:
+		hw->mac_type = e1000_ich8lan;
+		break;
+	default:
+		/* Should never have loaded on this device */
+		return -E1000_ERR_MAC_TYPE;
+	}
+
+	switch (hw->mac_type) {
+	case e1000_ich8lan:
+		hw->swfwhw_semaphore_present = true;
+		hw->asf_firmware_present = true;
+		break;
+	case e1000_80003es2lan:
+		hw->swfw_sync_present = true;
+		/* fall through */
+	case e1000_82571:
+	case e1000_82572:
+	case e1000_82573:
+		hw->eeprom_semaphore_present = true;
+		/* fall through */
+	case e1000_82541:
+	case e1000_82547:
+	case e1000_82541_rev_2:
+	case e1000_82547_rev_2:
+		hw->asf_firmware_present = true;
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/* The 82543 chip does not count tx_carrier_errors properly in
+	 * FD mode
+	 */
+	if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82543)
+		hw->bad_tx_carr_stats_fd = true;
+
+	/* capable of receiving management packets to the host */
+	if (hw->mac_type >= e1000_82571)
+		hw->has_manc2h = true;
+
+	/* In rare occasions, ESB2 systems would end up started without
+	 * the RX unit being turned on.
+	 */
+	if (hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan)
+		hw->rx_needs_kicking = true;
+
+	if (hw->mac_type > e1000_82544)
+		hw->has_smbus = true;
+
+	return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ * Set media type and TBI compatibility.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * **************************************************************************/
+void e1000_set_media_type(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    u32 status;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_media_type");
+
+    if (hw->mac_type != e1000_82543) {
+        /* tbi_compatibility is only valid on 82543 */
+        hw->tbi_compatibility_en = false;
+    }
+
+    switch (hw->device_id) {
+    case E1000_DEV_ID_82545GM_SERDES:
+    case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_SERDES:
+    case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_SERDES:
+    case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_SERDES_DUAL:
+    case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_SERDES_QUAD:
+    case E1000_DEV_ID_82572EI_SERDES:
+    case E1000_DEV_ID_80003ES2LAN_SERDES_DPT:
+        hw->media_type = e1000_media_type_internal_serdes;
+        break;
+    default:
+        switch (hw->mac_type) {
+        case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
+        case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
+            hw->media_type = e1000_media_type_fiber;
+            break;
+        case e1000_ich8lan:
+        case e1000_82573:
+            /* The STATUS_TBIMODE bit is reserved or reused for the this
+             * device.
+             */
+            hw->media_type = e1000_media_type_copper;
+            break;
+        default:
+            status = er32(STATUS);
+            if (status & E1000_STATUS_TBIMODE) {
+                hw->media_type = e1000_media_type_fiber;
+                /* tbi_compatibility not valid on fiber */
+                hw->tbi_compatibility_en = false;
+            } else {
+                hw->media_type = e1000_media_type_copper;
+            }
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Reset the transmit and receive units; mask and clear all interrupts.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *****************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_reset_hw(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    u32 ctrl;
+    u32 ctrl_ext;
+    u32 icr;
+    u32 manc;
+    u32 led_ctrl;
+    u32 timeout;
+    u32 extcnf_ctrl;
+    s32 ret_val;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_reset_hw");
+
+    /* For 82542 (rev 2.0), disable MWI before issuing a device reset */
+    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0) {
+        DEBUGOUT("Disabling MWI on 82542 rev 2.0\n");
+        e1000_pci_clear_mwi(hw);
+    }
+
+    if (hw->bus_type == e1000_bus_type_pci_express) {
+        /* Prevent the PCI-E bus from sticking if there is no TLP connection
+         * on the last TLP read/write transaction when MAC is reset.
+         */
+        if (e1000_disable_pciex_master(hw) != E1000_SUCCESS) {
+            DEBUGOUT("PCI-E Master disable polling has failed.\n");
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* Clear interrupt mask to stop board from generating interrupts */
+    DEBUGOUT("Masking off all interrupts\n");
+    ew32(IMC, 0xffffffff);
+
+    /* Disable the Transmit and Receive units.  Then delay to allow
+     * any pending transactions to complete before we hit the MAC with
+     * the global reset.
+     */
+    ew32(RCTL, 0);
+    ew32(TCTL, E1000_TCTL_PSP);
+    E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+
+    /* The tbi_compatibility_on Flag must be cleared when Rctl is cleared. */
+    hw->tbi_compatibility_on = false;
+
+    /* Delay to allow any outstanding PCI transactions to complete before
+     * resetting the device
+     */
+    msleep(10);
+
+    ctrl = er32(CTRL);
+
+    /* Must reset the PHY before resetting the MAC */
+    if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82541) || (hw->mac_type == e1000_82547)) {
+        ew32(CTRL, (ctrl | E1000_CTRL_PHY_RST));
+        msleep(5);
+    }
+
+    /* Must acquire the MDIO ownership before MAC reset.
+     * Ownership defaults to firmware after a reset. */
+    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
+        timeout = 10;
+
+        extcnf_ctrl = er32(EXTCNF_CTRL);
+        extcnf_ctrl |= E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_MDIO_SW_OWNERSHIP;
+
+        do {
+            ew32(EXTCNF_CTRL, extcnf_ctrl);
+            extcnf_ctrl = er32(EXTCNF_CTRL);
+
+            if (extcnf_ctrl & E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_MDIO_SW_OWNERSHIP)
+                break;
+            else
+                extcnf_ctrl |= E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_MDIO_SW_OWNERSHIP;
+
+            msleep(2);
+            timeout--;
+        } while (timeout);
+    }
+
+    /* Workaround for ICH8 bit corruption issue in FIFO memory */
+    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
+        /* Set Tx and Rx buffer allocation to 8k apiece. */
+        ew32(PBA, E1000_PBA_8K);
+        /* Set Packet Buffer Size to 16k. */
+        ew32(PBS, E1000_PBS_16K);
+    }
+
+    /* Issue a global reset to the MAC.  This will reset the chip's
+     * transmit, receive, DMA, and link units.  It will not effect
+     * the current PCI configuration.  The global reset bit is self-
+     * clearing, and should clear within a microsecond.
+     */
+    DEBUGOUT("Issuing a global reset to MAC\n");
+
+    switch (hw->mac_type) {
+        case e1000_82544:
+        case e1000_82540:
+        case e1000_82545:
+        case e1000_82546:
+        case e1000_82541:
+        case e1000_82541_rev_2:
+            /* These controllers can't ack the 64-bit write when issuing the
+             * reset, so use IO-mapping as a workaround to issue the reset */
+            E1000_WRITE_REG_IO(hw, CTRL, (ctrl | E1000_CTRL_RST));
+            break;
+        case e1000_82545_rev_3:
+        case e1000_82546_rev_3:
+            /* Reset is performed on a shadow of the control register */
+            ew32(CTRL_DUP, (ctrl | E1000_CTRL_RST));
+            break;
+        case e1000_ich8lan:
+            if (!hw->phy_reset_disable &&
+                e1000_check_phy_reset_block(hw) == E1000_SUCCESS) {
+                /* e1000_ich8lan PHY HW reset requires MAC CORE reset
+                 * at the same time to make sure the interface between
+                 * MAC and the external PHY is reset.
+                 */
+                ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_PHY_RST;
+            }
+
+            e1000_get_software_flag(hw);
+            ew32(CTRL, (ctrl | E1000_CTRL_RST));
+            msleep(5);
+            break;
+        default:
+            ew32(CTRL, (ctrl | E1000_CTRL_RST));
+            break;
+    }
+
+    /* After MAC reset, force reload of EEPROM to restore power-on settings to
+     * device.  Later controllers reload the EEPROM automatically, so just wait
+     * for reload to complete.
+     */
+    switch (hw->mac_type) {
+        case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
+        case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
+        case e1000_82543:
+        case e1000_82544:
+            /* Wait for reset to complete */
+            udelay(10);
+            ctrl_ext = er32(CTRL_EXT);
+            ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_EE_RST;
+            ew32(CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
+            E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+            /* Wait for EEPROM reload */
+            msleep(2);
+            break;
+        case e1000_82541:
+        case e1000_82541_rev_2:
+        case e1000_82547:
+        case e1000_82547_rev_2:
+            /* Wait for EEPROM reload */
+            msleep(20);
+            break;
+        case e1000_82573:
+            if (!e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(hw)) {
+                udelay(10);
+                ctrl_ext = er32(CTRL_EXT);
+                ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_EE_RST;
+                ew32(CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
+                E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+            }
+            /* fall through */
+        default:
+            /* Auto read done will delay 5ms or poll based on mac type */
+            ret_val = e1000_get_auto_rd_done(hw);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+            break;
+    }
+
+    /* Disable HW ARPs on ASF enabled adapters */
+    if (hw->mac_type >= e1000_82540 && hw->mac_type <= e1000_82547_rev_2) {
+        manc = er32(MANC);
+        manc &= ~(E1000_MANC_ARP_EN);
+        ew32(MANC, manc);
+    }
+
+    if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82541) || (hw->mac_type == e1000_82547)) {
+        e1000_phy_init_script(hw);
+
+        /* Configure activity LED after PHY reset */
+        led_ctrl = er32(LEDCTL);
+        led_ctrl &= IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_MASK;
+        led_ctrl |= (IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_ENABLE | IGP_LED3_MODE);
+        ew32(LEDCTL, led_ctrl);
+    }
+
+    /* Clear interrupt mask to stop board from generating interrupts */
+    DEBUGOUT("Masking off all interrupts\n");
+    ew32(IMC, 0xffffffff);
+
+    /* Clear any pending interrupt events. */
+    icr = er32(ICR);
+
+    /* If MWI was previously enabled, reenable it. */
+    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0) {
+        if (hw->pci_cmd_word & PCI_COMMAND_INVALIDATE)
+            e1000_pci_set_mwi(hw);
+    }
+
+    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
+        u32 kab = er32(KABGTXD);
+        kab |= E1000_KABGTXD_BGSQLBIAS;
+        ew32(KABGTXD, kab);
+    }
+
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Initialize a number of hardware-dependent bits
+ *
+ * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ * This function contains hardware limitation workarounds for PCI-E adapters
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static void e1000_initialize_hardware_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    if ((hw->mac_type >= e1000_82571) && (!hw->initialize_hw_bits_disable)) {
+        /* Settings common to all PCI-express silicon */
+        u32 reg_ctrl, reg_ctrl_ext;
+        u32 reg_tarc0, reg_tarc1;
+        u32 reg_tctl;
+        u32 reg_txdctl, reg_txdctl1;
+
+        /* link autonegotiation/sync workarounds */
+        reg_tarc0 = er32(TARC0);
+        reg_tarc0 &= ~((1 << 30)|(1 << 29)|(1 << 28)|(1 << 27));
+
+        /* Enable not-done TX descriptor counting */
+        reg_txdctl = er32(TXDCTL);
+        reg_txdctl |= E1000_TXDCTL_COUNT_DESC;
+        ew32(TXDCTL, reg_txdctl);
+        reg_txdctl1 = er32(TXDCTL1);
+        reg_txdctl1 |= E1000_TXDCTL_COUNT_DESC;
+        ew32(TXDCTL1, reg_txdctl1);
+
+        switch (hw->mac_type) {
+            case e1000_82571:
+            case e1000_82572:
+                /* Clear PHY TX compatible mode bits */
+                reg_tarc1 = er32(TARC1);
+                reg_tarc1 &= ~((1 << 30)|(1 << 29));
+
+                /* link autonegotiation/sync workarounds */
+                reg_tarc0 |= ((1 << 26)|(1 << 25)|(1 << 24)|(1 << 23));
+
+                /* TX ring control fixes */
+                reg_tarc1 |= ((1 << 26)|(1 << 25)|(1 << 24));
+
+                /* Multiple read bit is reversed polarity */
+                reg_tctl = er32(TCTL);
+                if (reg_tctl & E1000_TCTL_MULR)
+                    reg_tarc1 &= ~(1 << 28);
+                else
+                    reg_tarc1 |= (1 << 28);
+
+                ew32(TARC1, reg_tarc1);
+                break;
+            case e1000_82573:
+                reg_ctrl_ext = er32(CTRL_EXT);
+                reg_ctrl_ext &= ~(1 << 23);
+                reg_ctrl_ext |= (1 << 22);
+
+                /* TX byte count fix */
+                reg_ctrl = er32(CTRL);
+                reg_ctrl &= ~(1 << 29);
+
+                ew32(CTRL_EXT, reg_ctrl_ext);
+                ew32(CTRL, reg_ctrl);
+                break;
+            case e1000_80003es2lan:
+                /* improve small packet performace for fiber/serdes */
+                if ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) ||
+                    (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes)) {
+                    reg_tarc0 &= ~(1 << 20);
+                }
+
+                /* Multiple read bit is reversed polarity */
+                reg_tctl = er32(TCTL);
+                reg_tarc1 = er32(TARC1);
+                if (reg_tctl & E1000_TCTL_MULR)
+                    reg_tarc1 &= ~(1 << 28);
+                else
+                    reg_tarc1 |= (1 << 28);
+
+                ew32(TARC1, reg_tarc1);
+                break;
+            case e1000_ich8lan:
+                /* Reduce concurrent DMA requests to 3 from 4 */
+                if ((hw->revision_id < 3) ||
+                    ((hw->device_id != E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IGP_M_AMT) &&
+                     (hw->device_id != E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IGP_M)))
+                    reg_tarc0 |= ((1 << 29)|(1 << 28));
+
+                reg_ctrl_ext = er32(CTRL_EXT);
+                reg_ctrl_ext |= (1 << 22);
+                ew32(CTRL_EXT, reg_ctrl_ext);
+
+                /* workaround TX hang with TSO=on */
+                reg_tarc0 |= ((1 << 27)|(1 << 26)|(1 << 24)|(1 << 23));
+
+                /* Multiple read bit is reversed polarity */
+                reg_tctl = er32(TCTL);
+                reg_tarc1 = er32(TARC1);
+                if (reg_tctl & E1000_TCTL_MULR)
+                    reg_tarc1 &= ~(1 << 28);
+                else
+                    reg_tarc1 |= (1 << 28);
+
+                /* workaround TX hang with TSO=on */
+                reg_tarc1 |= ((1 << 30)|(1 << 26)|(1 << 24));
+
+                ew32(TARC1, reg_tarc1);
+                break;
+            default:
+                break;
+        }
+
+        ew32(TARC0, reg_tarc0);
+    }
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Performs basic configuration of the adapter.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ * Assumes that the controller has previously been reset and is in a
+ * post-reset uninitialized state. Initializes the receive address registers,
+ * multicast table, and VLAN filter table. Calls routines to setup link
+ * configuration and flow control settings. Clears all on-chip counters. Leaves
+ * the transmit and receive units disabled and uninitialized.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_init_hw(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    u32 ctrl;
+    u32 i;
+    s32 ret_val;
+    u32 mta_size;
+    u32 reg_data;
+    u32 ctrl_ext;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_init_hw");
+
+    /* force full DMA clock frequency for 10/100 on ICH8 A0-B0 */
+    if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) &&
+        ((hw->revision_id < 3) ||
+         ((hw->device_id != E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IGP_M_AMT) &&
+          (hw->device_id != E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IGP_M)))) {
+            reg_data = er32(STATUS);
+            reg_data &= ~0x80000000;
+            ew32(STATUS, reg_data);
+    }
+
+    /* Initialize Identification LED */
+    ret_val = e1000_id_led_init(hw);
+    if (ret_val) {
+        DEBUGOUT("Error Initializing Identification LED\n");
+        return ret_val;
+    }
+
+    /* Set the media type and TBI compatibility */
+    e1000_set_media_type(hw);
+
+    /* Must be called after e1000_set_media_type because media_type is used */
+    e1000_initialize_hardware_bits(hw);
+
+    /* Disabling VLAN filtering. */
+    DEBUGOUT("Initializing the IEEE VLAN\n");
+    /* VET hardcoded to standard value and VFTA removed in ICH8 LAN */
+    if (hw->mac_type != e1000_ich8lan) {
+        if (hw->mac_type < e1000_82545_rev_3)
+            ew32(VET, 0);
+        e1000_clear_vfta(hw);
+    }
+
+    /* For 82542 (rev 2.0), disable MWI and put the receiver into reset */
+    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0) {
+        DEBUGOUT("Disabling MWI on 82542 rev 2.0\n");
+        e1000_pci_clear_mwi(hw);
+        ew32(RCTL, E1000_RCTL_RST);
+        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+        msleep(5);
+    }
+
+    /* Setup the receive address. This involves initializing all of the Receive
+     * Address Registers (RARs 0 - 15).
+     */
+    e1000_init_rx_addrs(hw);
+
+    /* For 82542 (rev 2.0), take the receiver out of reset and enable MWI */
+    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0) {
+        ew32(RCTL, 0);
+        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+        msleep(1);
+        if (hw->pci_cmd_word & PCI_COMMAND_INVALIDATE)
+            e1000_pci_set_mwi(hw);
+    }
+
+    /* Zero out the Multicast HASH table */
+    DEBUGOUT("Zeroing the MTA\n");
+    mta_size = E1000_MC_TBL_SIZE;
+    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
+        mta_size = E1000_MC_TBL_SIZE_ICH8LAN;
+    for (i = 0; i < mta_size; i++) {
+        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, i, 0);
+        /* use write flush to prevent Memory Write Block (MWB) from
+         * occuring when accessing our register space */
+        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+    }
+
+    /* Set the PCI priority bit correctly in the CTRL register.  This
+     * determines if the adapter gives priority to receives, or if it
+     * gives equal priority to transmits and receives.  Valid only on
+     * 82542 and 82543 silicon.
+     */
+    if (hw->dma_fairness && hw->mac_type <= e1000_82543) {
+        ctrl = er32(CTRL);
+        ew32(CTRL, ctrl | E1000_CTRL_PRIOR);
+    }
+
+    switch (hw->mac_type) {
+    case e1000_82545_rev_3:
+    case e1000_82546_rev_3:
+        break;
+    default:
+        /* Workaround for PCI-X problem when BIOS sets MMRBC incorrectly. */
+	if (hw->bus_type == e1000_bus_type_pcix && e1000_pcix_get_mmrbc(hw) > 2048)
+		e1000_pcix_set_mmrbc(hw, 2048);
+	break;
+    }
+
+    /* More time needed for PHY to initialize */
+    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
+        msleep(15);
+
+    /* Call a subroutine to configure the link and setup flow control. */
+    ret_val = e1000_setup_link(hw);
+
+    /* Set the transmit descriptor write-back policy */
+    if (hw->mac_type > e1000_82544) {
+        ctrl = er32(TXDCTL);
+        ctrl = (ctrl & ~E1000_TXDCTL_WTHRESH) | E1000_TXDCTL_FULL_TX_DESC_WB;
+        ew32(TXDCTL, ctrl);
+    }
+
+    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
+        e1000_enable_tx_pkt_filtering(hw);
+    }
+
+    switch (hw->mac_type) {
+    default:
+        break;
+    case e1000_80003es2lan:
+        /* Enable retransmit on late collisions */
+        reg_data = er32(TCTL);
+        reg_data |= E1000_TCTL_RTLC;
+        ew32(TCTL, reg_data);
+
+        /* Configure Gigabit Carry Extend Padding */
+        reg_data = er32(TCTL_EXT);
+        reg_data &= ~E1000_TCTL_EXT_GCEX_MASK;
+        reg_data |= DEFAULT_80003ES2LAN_TCTL_EXT_GCEX;
+        ew32(TCTL_EXT, reg_data);
+
+        /* Configure Transmit Inter-Packet Gap */
+        reg_data = er32(TIPG);
+        reg_data &= ~E1000_TIPG_IPGT_MASK;
+        reg_data |= DEFAULT_80003ES2LAN_TIPG_IPGT_1000;
+        ew32(TIPG, reg_data);
+
+        reg_data = E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY(hw, FFLT, 0x0001);
+        reg_data &= ~0x00100000;
+        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, FFLT, 0x0001, reg_data);
+        /* Fall through */
+    case e1000_82571:
+    case e1000_82572:
+    case e1000_ich8lan:
+        ctrl = er32(TXDCTL1);
+        ctrl = (ctrl & ~E1000_TXDCTL_WTHRESH) | E1000_TXDCTL_FULL_TX_DESC_WB;
+        ew32(TXDCTL1, ctrl);
+        break;
+    }
+
+
+    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
+        u32 gcr = er32(GCR);
+        gcr |= E1000_GCR_L1_ACT_WITHOUT_L0S_RX;
+        ew32(GCR, gcr);
+    }
+
+    /* Clear all of the statistics registers (clear on read).  It is
+     * important that we do this after we have tried to establish link
+     * because the symbol error count will increment wildly if there
+     * is no link.
+     */
+    e1000_clear_hw_cntrs(hw);
+
+    /* ICH8 No-snoop bits are opposite polarity.
+     * Set to snoop by default after reset. */
+    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
+        e1000_set_pci_ex_no_snoop(hw, PCI_EX_82566_SNOOP_ALL);
+
+    if (hw->device_id == E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_QUAD_COPPER ||
+        hw->device_id == E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_QUAD_COPPER_KSP3) {
+        ctrl_ext = er32(CTRL_EXT);
+        /* Relaxed ordering must be disabled to avoid a parity
+         * error crash in a PCI slot. */
+        ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_RO_DIS;
+        ew32(CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
+    }
+
+    return ret_val;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Adjust SERDES output amplitude based on EEPROM setting.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_adjust_serdes_amplitude(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    u16 eeprom_data;
+    s32  ret_val;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_adjust_serdes_amplitude");
+
+    if (hw->media_type != e1000_media_type_internal_serdes)
+        return E1000_SUCCESS;
+
+    switch (hw->mac_type) {
+    case e1000_82545_rev_3:
+    case e1000_82546_rev_3:
+        break;
+    default:
+        return E1000_SUCCESS;
+    }
+
+    ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_SERDES_AMPLITUDE, 1, &eeprom_data);
+    if (ret_val) {
+        return ret_val;
+    }
+
+    if (eeprom_data != EEPROM_RESERVED_WORD) {
+        /* Adjust SERDES output amplitude only. */
+        eeprom_data &= EEPROM_SERDES_AMPLITUDE_MASK;
+        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_EXT_CTRL, eeprom_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+    }
+
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Configures flow control and link settings.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ * Determines which flow control settings to use. Calls the apropriate media-
+ * specific link configuration function. Configures the flow control settings.
+ * Assuming the adapter has a valid link partner, a valid link should be
+ * established. Assumes the hardware has previously been reset and the
+ * transmitter and receiver are not enabled.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_setup_link(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    u32 ctrl_ext;
+    s32 ret_val;
+    u16 eeprom_data;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_setup_link");
+
+    /* In the case of the phy reset being blocked, we already have a link.
+     * We do not have to set it up again. */
+    if (e1000_check_phy_reset_block(hw))
+        return E1000_SUCCESS;
+
+    /* Read and store word 0x0F of the EEPROM. This word contains bits
+     * that determine the hardware's default PAUSE (flow control) mode,
+     * a bit that determines whether the HW defaults to enabling or
+     * disabling auto-negotiation, and the direction of the
+     * SW defined pins. If there is no SW over-ride of the flow
+     * control setting, then the variable hw->fc will
+     * be initialized based on a value in the EEPROM.
+     */
+    if (hw->fc == E1000_FC_DEFAULT) {
+        switch (hw->mac_type) {
+        case e1000_ich8lan:
+        case e1000_82573:
+            hw->fc = E1000_FC_FULL;
+            break;
+        default:
+            ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_INIT_CONTROL2_REG,
+                                        1, &eeprom_data);
+            if (ret_val) {
+                DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
+                return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+            }
+            if ((eeprom_data & EEPROM_WORD0F_PAUSE_MASK) == 0)
+                hw->fc = E1000_FC_NONE;
+            else if ((eeprom_data & EEPROM_WORD0F_PAUSE_MASK) ==
+                    EEPROM_WORD0F_ASM_DIR)
+                hw->fc = E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE;
+            else
+                hw->fc = E1000_FC_FULL;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* We want to save off the original Flow Control configuration just
+     * in case we get disconnected and then reconnected into a different
+     * hub or switch with different Flow Control capabilities.
+     */
+    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0)
+        hw->fc &= (~E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE);
+
+    if ((hw->mac_type < e1000_82543) && (hw->report_tx_early == 1))
+        hw->fc &= (~E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE);
+
+    hw->original_fc = hw->fc;
+
+    DEBUGOUT1("After fix-ups FlowControl is now = %x\n", hw->fc);
+
+    /* Take the 4 bits from EEPROM word 0x0F that determine the initial
+     * polarity value for the SW controlled pins, and setup the
+     * Extended Device Control reg with that info.
+     * This is needed because one of the SW controlled pins is used for
+     * signal detection.  So this should be done before e1000_setup_pcs_link()
+     * or e1000_phy_setup() is called.
+     */
+    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82543) {
+        ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_INIT_CONTROL2_REG,
+                                    1, &eeprom_data);
+        if (ret_val) {
+            DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
+            return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+        }
+        ctrl_ext = ((eeprom_data & EEPROM_WORD0F_SWPDIO_EXT) <<
+                    SWDPIO__EXT_SHIFT);
+        ew32(CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
+    }
+
+    /* Call the necessary subroutine to configure the link. */
+    ret_val = (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) ?
+              e1000_setup_copper_link(hw) :
+              e1000_setup_fiber_serdes_link(hw);
+
+    /* Initialize the flow control address, type, and PAUSE timer
+     * registers to their default values.  This is done even if flow
+     * control is disabled, because it does not hurt anything to
+     * initialize these registers.
+     */
+    DEBUGOUT("Initializing the Flow Control address, type and timer regs\n");
+
+    /* FCAL/H and FCT are hardcoded to standard values in e1000_ich8lan. */
+    if (hw->mac_type != e1000_ich8lan) {
+        ew32(FCT, FLOW_CONTROL_TYPE);
+        ew32(FCAH, FLOW_CONTROL_ADDRESS_HIGH);
+        ew32(FCAL, FLOW_CONTROL_ADDRESS_LOW);
+    }
+
+    ew32(FCTTV, hw->fc_pause_time);
+
+    /* Set the flow control receive threshold registers.  Normally,
+     * these registers will be set to a default threshold that may be
+     * adjusted later by the driver's runtime code.  However, if the
+     * ability to transmit pause frames in not enabled, then these
+     * registers will be set to 0.
+     */
+    if (!(hw->fc & E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE)) {
+        ew32(FCRTL, 0);
+        ew32(FCRTH, 0);
+    } else {
+        /* We need to set up the Receive Threshold high and low water marks
+         * as well as (optionally) enabling the transmission of XON frames.
+         */
+        if (hw->fc_send_xon) {
+            ew32(FCRTL, (hw->fc_low_water | E1000_FCRTL_XONE));
+            ew32(FCRTH, hw->fc_high_water);
+        } else {
+            ew32(FCRTL, hw->fc_low_water);
+            ew32(FCRTH, hw->fc_high_water);
+        }
+    }
+    return ret_val;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Sets up link for a fiber based or serdes based adapter
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ * Manipulates Physical Coding Sublayer functions in order to configure
+ * link. Assumes the hardware has been previously reset and the transmitter
+ * and receiver are not enabled.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_setup_fiber_serdes_link(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    u32 ctrl;
+    u32 status;
+    u32 txcw = 0;
+    u32 i;
+    u32 signal = 0;
+    s32 ret_val;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_setup_fiber_serdes_link");
+
+    /* On 82571 and 82572 Fiber connections, SerDes loopback mode persists
+     * until explicitly turned off or a power cycle is performed.  A read to
+     * the register does not indicate its status.  Therefore, we ensure
+     * loopback mode is disabled during initialization.
+     */
+    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82571 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82572)
+        ew32(SCTL, E1000_DISABLE_SERDES_LOOPBACK);
+
+    /* On adapters with a MAC newer than 82544, SWDP 1 will be
+     * set when the optics detect a signal. On older adapters, it will be
+     * cleared when there is a signal.  This applies to fiber media only.
+     * If we're on serdes media, adjust the output amplitude to value
+     * set in the EEPROM.
+     */
+    ctrl = er32(CTRL);
+    if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber)
+        signal = (hw->mac_type > e1000_82544) ? E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN1 : 0;
+
+    ret_val = e1000_adjust_serdes_amplitude(hw);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+
+    /* Take the link out of reset */
+    ctrl &= ~(E1000_CTRL_LRST);
+
+    /* Adjust VCO speed to improve BER performance */
+    ret_val = e1000_set_vco_speed(hw);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+
+    e1000_config_collision_dist(hw);
+
+    /* Check for a software override of the flow control settings, and setup
+     * the device accordingly.  If auto-negotiation is enabled, then software
+     * will have to set the "PAUSE" bits to the correct value in the Tranmsit
+     * Config Word Register (TXCW) and re-start auto-negotiation.  However, if
+     * auto-negotiation is disabled, then software will have to manually
+     * configure the two flow control enable bits in the CTRL register.
+     *
+     * The possible values of the "fc" parameter are:
+     *      0:  Flow control is completely disabled
+     *      1:  Rx flow control is enabled (we can receive pause frames, but
+     *          not send pause frames).
+     *      2:  Tx flow control is enabled (we can send pause frames but we do
+     *          not support receiving pause frames).
+     *      3:  Both Rx and TX flow control (symmetric) are enabled.
+     */
+    switch (hw->fc) {
+    case E1000_FC_NONE:
+        /* Flow control is completely disabled by a software over-ride. */
+        txcw = (E1000_TXCW_ANE | E1000_TXCW_FD);
+        break;
+    case E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE:
+        /* RX Flow control is enabled and TX Flow control is disabled by a
+         * software over-ride. Since there really isn't a way to advertise
+         * that we are capable of RX Pause ONLY, we will advertise that we
+         * support both symmetric and asymmetric RX PAUSE. Later, we will
+         *  disable the adapter's ability to send PAUSE frames.
+         */
+        txcw = (E1000_TXCW_ANE | E1000_TXCW_FD | E1000_TXCW_PAUSE_MASK);
+        break;
+    case E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE:
+        /* TX Flow control is enabled, and RX Flow control is disabled, by a
+         * software over-ride.
+         */
+        txcw = (E1000_TXCW_ANE | E1000_TXCW_FD | E1000_TXCW_ASM_DIR);
+        break;
+    case E1000_FC_FULL:
+        /* Flow control (both RX and TX) is enabled by a software over-ride. */
+        txcw = (E1000_TXCW_ANE | E1000_TXCW_FD | E1000_TXCW_PAUSE_MASK);
+        break;
+    default:
+        DEBUGOUT("Flow control param set incorrectly\n");
+        return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
+        break;
+    }
+
+    /* Since auto-negotiation is enabled, take the link out of reset (the link
+     * will be in reset, because we previously reset the chip). This will
+     * restart auto-negotiation.  If auto-neogtiation is successful then the
+     * link-up status bit will be set and the flow control enable bits (RFCE
+     * and TFCE) will be set according to their negotiated value.
+     */
+    DEBUGOUT("Auto-negotiation enabled\n");
+
+    ew32(TXCW, txcw);
+    ew32(CTRL, ctrl);
+    E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+
+    hw->txcw = txcw;
+    msleep(1);
+
+    /* If we have a signal (the cable is plugged in) then poll for a "Link-Up"
+     * indication in the Device Status Register.  Time-out if a link isn't
+     * seen in 500 milliseconds seconds (Auto-negotiation should complete in
+     * less than 500 milliseconds even if the other end is doing it in SW).
+     * For internal serdes, we just assume a signal is present, then poll.
+     */
+    if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes ||
+       (er32(CTRL) & E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN1) == signal) {
+        DEBUGOUT("Looking for Link\n");
+        for (i = 0; i < (LINK_UP_TIMEOUT / 10); i++) {
+            msleep(10);
+            status = er32(STATUS);
+            if (status & E1000_STATUS_LU) break;
+        }
+        if (i == (LINK_UP_TIMEOUT / 10)) {
+            DEBUGOUT("Never got a valid link from auto-neg!!!\n");
+            hw->autoneg_failed = 1;
+            /* AutoNeg failed to achieve a link, so we'll call
+             * e1000_check_for_link. This routine will force the link up if
+             * we detect a signal. This will allow us to communicate with
+             * non-autonegotiating link partners.
+             */
+            ret_val = e1000_check_for_link(hw);
+            if (ret_val) {
+                DEBUGOUT("Error while checking for link\n");
+                return ret_val;
+            }
+            hw->autoneg_failed = 0;
+        } else {
+            hw->autoneg_failed = 0;
+            DEBUGOUT("Valid Link Found\n");
+        }
+    } else {
+        DEBUGOUT("No Signal Detected\n");
+    }
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Make sure we have a valid PHY and change PHY mode before link setup.
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+******************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_copper_link_preconfig(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    u32 ctrl;
+    s32 ret_val;
+    u16 phy_data;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_preconfig");
+
+    ctrl = er32(CTRL);
+    /* With 82543, we need to force speed and duplex on the MAC equal to what
+     * the PHY speed and duplex configuration is. In addition, we need to
+     * perform a hardware reset on the PHY to take it out of reset.
+     */
+    if (hw->mac_type > e1000_82543) {
+        ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SLU;
+        ctrl &= ~(E1000_CTRL_FRCSPD | E1000_CTRL_FRCDPX);
+        ew32(CTRL, ctrl);
+    } else {
+        ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_FRCSPD | E1000_CTRL_FRCDPX | E1000_CTRL_SLU);
+        ew32(CTRL, ctrl);
+        ret_val = e1000_phy_hw_reset(hw);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+    }
+
+    /* Make sure we have a valid PHY */
+    ret_val = e1000_detect_gig_phy(hw);
+    if (ret_val) {
+        DEBUGOUT("Error, did not detect valid phy.\n");
+        return ret_val;
+    }
+    DEBUGOUT1("Phy ID = %x \n", hw->phy_id);
+
+    /* Set PHY to class A mode (if necessary) */
+    ret_val = e1000_set_phy_mode(hw);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+
+    if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82545_rev_3) ||
+       (hw->mac_type == e1000_82546_rev_3)) {
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
+        phy_data |= 0x00000008;
+        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
+    }
+
+    if (hw->mac_type <= e1000_82543 ||
+        hw->mac_type == e1000_82541 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82547 ||
+        hw->mac_type == e1000_82541_rev_2 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82547_rev_2)
+        hw->phy_reset_disable = false;
+
+   return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+/********************************************************************
+* Copper link setup for e1000_phy_igp series.
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+*********************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_copper_link_igp_setup(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    u32 led_ctrl;
+    s32 ret_val;
+    u16 phy_data;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_igp_setup");
+
+    if (hw->phy_reset_disable)
+        return E1000_SUCCESS;
+
+    ret_val = e1000_phy_reset(hw);
+    if (ret_val) {
+        DEBUGOUT("Error Resetting the PHY\n");
+        return ret_val;
+    }
+
+    /* Wait 15ms for MAC to configure PHY from eeprom settings */
+    msleep(15);
+    if (hw->mac_type != e1000_ich8lan) {
+    /* Configure activity LED after PHY reset */
+    led_ctrl = er32(LEDCTL);
+    led_ctrl &= IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_MASK;
+    led_ctrl |= (IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_ENABLE | IGP_LED3_MODE);
+    ew32(LEDCTL, led_ctrl);
+    }
+
+    /* The NVM settings will configure LPLU in D3 for IGP2 and IGP3 PHYs */
+    if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp) {
+        /* disable lplu d3 during driver init */
+        ret_val = e1000_set_d3_lplu_state(hw, false);
+        if (ret_val) {
+            DEBUGOUT("Error Disabling LPLU D3\n");
+            return ret_val;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* disable lplu d0 during driver init */
+    ret_val = e1000_set_d0_lplu_state(hw, false);
+    if (ret_val) {
+        DEBUGOUT("Error Disabling LPLU D0\n");
+        return ret_val;
+    }
+    /* Configure mdi-mdix settings */
+    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CTRL, &phy_data);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+
+    if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82541) || (hw->mac_type == e1000_82547)) {
+        hw->dsp_config_state = e1000_dsp_config_disabled;
+        /* Force MDI for earlier revs of the IGP PHY */
+        phy_data &= ~(IGP01E1000_PSCR_AUTO_MDIX | IGP01E1000_PSCR_FORCE_MDI_MDIX);
+        hw->mdix = 1;
+
+    } else {
+        hw->dsp_config_state = e1000_dsp_config_enabled;
+        phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCR_AUTO_MDIX;
+
+        switch (hw->mdix) {
+        case 1:
+            phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCR_FORCE_MDI_MDIX;
+            break;
+        case 2:
+            phy_data |= IGP01E1000_PSCR_FORCE_MDI_MDIX;
+            break;
+        case 0:
+        default:
+            phy_data |= IGP01E1000_PSCR_AUTO_MDIX;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CTRL, phy_data);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+
+    /* set auto-master slave resolution settings */
+    if (hw->autoneg) {
+        e1000_ms_type phy_ms_setting = hw->master_slave;
+
+        if (hw->ffe_config_state == e1000_ffe_config_active)
+            hw->ffe_config_state = e1000_ffe_config_enabled;
+
+        if (hw->dsp_config_state == e1000_dsp_config_activated)
+            hw->dsp_config_state = e1000_dsp_config_enabled;
+
+        /* when autonegotiation advertisment is only 1000Mbps then we
+          * should disable SmartSpeed and enable Auto MasterSlave
+          * resolution as hardware default. */
+        if (hw->autoneg_advertised == ADVERTISE_1000_FULL) {
+            /* Disable SmartSpeed */
+            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
+                                         &phy_data);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+            phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
+            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
+                                          phy_data);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+            /* Set auto Master/Slave resolution process */
+            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, &phy_data);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+            phy_data &= ~CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE;
+            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, phy_data);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+        }
+
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, &phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+
+        /* load defaults for future use */
+        hw->original_master_slave = (phy_data & CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE) ?
+                                        ((phy_data & CR_1000T_MS_VALUE) ?
+                                         e1000_ms_force_master :
+                                         e1000_ms_force_slave) :
+                                         e1000_ms_auto;
+
+        switch (phy_ms_setting) {
+        case e1000_ms_force_master:
+            phy_data |= (CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE | CR_1000T_MS_VALUE);
+            break;
+        case e1000_ms_force_slave:
+            phy_data |= CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE;
+            phy_data &= ~(CR_1000T_MS_VALUE);
+            break;
+        case e1000_ms_auto:
+            phy_data &= ~CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE;
+            default:
+            break;
+        }
+        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+    }
+
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/********************************************************************
+* Copper link setup for e1000_phy_gg82563 series.
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+*********************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_copper_link_ggp_setup(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    s32 ret_val;
+    u16 phy_data;
+    u32 reg_data;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_ggp_setup");
+
+    if (!hw->phy_reset_disable) {
+
+        /* Enable CRS on TX for half-duplex operation. */
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_MAC_SPEC_CTRL,
+                                     &phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+
+        phy_data |= GG82563_MSCR_ASSERT_CRS_ON_TX;
+        /* Use 25MHz for both link down and 1000BASE-T for Tx clock */
+        phy_data |= GG82563_MSCR_TX_CLK_1000MBPS_25MHZ;
+
+        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_MAC_SPEC_CTRL,
+                                      phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+
+        /* Options:
+         *   MDI/MDI-X = 0 (default)
+         *   0 - Auto for all speeds
+         *   1 - MDI mode
+         *   2 - MDI-X mode
+         *   3 - Auto for 1000Base-T only (MDI-X for 10/100Base-T modes)
+         */
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+
+        phy_data &= ~GG82563_PSCR_CROSSOVER_MODE_MASK;
+
+        switch (hw->mdix) {
+        case 1:
+            phy_data |= GG82563_PSCR_CROSSOVER_MODE_MDI;
+            break;
+        case 2:
+            phy_data |= GG82563_PSCR_CROSSOVER_MODE_MDIX;
+            break;
+        case 0:
+        default:
+            phy_data |= GG82563_PSCR_CROSSOVER_MODE_AUTO;
+            break;
+        }
+
+        /* Options:
+         *   disable_polarity_correction = 0 (default)
+         *       Automatic Correction for Reversed Cable Polarity
+         *   0 - Disabled
+         *   1 - Enabled
+         */
+        phy_data &= ~GG82563_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL_DISABLE;
+        if (hw->disable_polarity_correction == 1)
+            phy_data |= GG82563_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL_DISABLE;
+        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
+
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+
+        /* SW Reset the PHY so all changes take effect */
+        ret_val = e1000_phy_reset(hw);
+        if (ret_val) {
+            DEBUGOUT("Error Resetting the PHY\n");
+            return ret_val;
+        }
+    } /* phy_reset_disable */
+
+    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) {
+        /* Bypass RX and TX FIFO's */
+        ret_val = e1000_write_kmrn_reg(hw, E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET_FIFO_CTRL,
+                                       E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_FIFO_CTRL_RX_BYPASS |
+                                       E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_FIFO_CTRL_TX_BYPASS);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_SPEC_CTRL_2, &phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+
+        phy_data &= ~GG82563_PSCR2_REVERSE_AUTO_NEG;
+        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_SPEC_CTRL_2, phy_data);
+
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+
+        reg_data = er32(CTRL_EXT);
+        reg_data &= ~(E1000_CTRL_EXT_LINK_MODE_MASK);
+        ew32(CTRL_EXT, reg_data);
+
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_PWR_MGMT_CTRL,
+                                          &phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+
+        /* Do not init these registers when the HW is in IAMT mode, since the
+         * firmware will have already initialized them.  We only initialize
+         * them if the HW is not in IAMT mode.
+         */
+        if (!e1000_check_mng_mode(hw)) {
+            /* Enable Electrical Idle on the PHY */
+            phy_data |= GG82563_PMCR_ENABLE_ELECTRICAL_IDLE;
+            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_PWR_MGMT_CTRL,
+                                          phy_data);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+
+            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_KMRN_MODE_CTRL,
+                                         &phy_data);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+
+            phy_data &= ~GG82563_KMCR_PASS_FALSE_CARRIER;
+            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_KMRN_MODE_CTRL,
+                                          phy_data);
+
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+        }
+
+        /* Workaround: Disable padding in Kumeran interface in the MAC
+         * and in the PHY to avoid CRC errors.
+         */
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_INBAND_CTRL,
+                                     &phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+        phy_data |= GG82563_ICR_DIS_PADDING;
+        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_INBAND_CTRL,
+                                      phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+    }
+
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/********************************************************************
+* Copper link setup for e1000_phy_m88 series.
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+*********************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_copper_link_mgp_setup(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    s32 ret_val;
+    u16 phy_data;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_mgp_setup");
+
+    if (hw->phy_reset_disable)
+        return E1000_SUCCESS;
+
+    /* Enable CRS on TX. This must be set for half-duplex operation. */
+    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+
+    phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_ASSERT_CRS_ON_TX;
+
+    /* Options:
+     *   MDI/MDI-X = 0 (default)
+     *   0 - Auto for all speeds
+     *   1 - MDI mode
+     *   2 - MDI-X mode
+     *   3 - Auto for 1000Base-T only (MDI-X for 10/100Base-T modes)
+     */
+    phy_data &= ~M88E1000_PSCR_AUTO_X_MODE;
+
+    switch (hw->mdix) {
+    case 1:
+        phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_MDI_MANUAL_MODE;
+        break;
+    case 2:
+        phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_MDIX_MANUAL_MODE;
+        break;
+    case 3:
+        phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_AUTO_X_1000T;
+        break;
+    case 0:
+    default:
+        phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_AUTO_X_MODE;
+        break;
+    }
+
+    /* Options:
+     *   disable_polarity_correction = 0 (default)
+     *       Automatic Correction for Reversed Cable Polarity
+     *   0 - Disabled
+     *   1 - Enabled
+     */
+    phy_data &= ~M88E1000_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL;
+    if (hw->disable_polarity_correction == 1)
+        phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL;
+    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+
+    if (hw->phy_revision < M88E1011_I_REV_4) {
+        /* Force TX_CLK in the Extended PHY Specific Control Register
+         * to 25MHz clock.
+         */
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_EXT_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+
+        phy_data |= M88E1000_EPSCR_TX_CLK_25;
+
+        if ((hw->phy_revision == E1000_REVISION_2) &&
+            (hw->phy_id == M88E1111_I_PHY_ID)) {
+            /* Vidalia Phy, set the downshift counter to 5x */
+            phy_data &= ~(M88EC018_EPSCR_DOWNSHIFT_COUNTER_MASK);
+            phy_data |= M88EC018_EPSCR_DOWNSHIFT_COUNTER_5X;
+            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw,
+                                        M88E1000_EXT_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+        } else {
+            /* Configure Master and Slave downshift values */
+            phy_data &= ~(M88E1000_EPSCR_MASTER_DOWNSHIFT_MASK |
+                              M88E1000_EPSCR_SLAVE_DOWNSHIFT_MASK);
+            phy_data |= (M88E1000_EPSCR_MASTER_DOWNSHIFT_1X |
+                             M88E1000_EPSCR_SLAVE_DOWNSHIFT_1X);
+            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw,
+                                        M88E1000_EXT_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
+            if (ret_val)
+               return ret_val;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* SW Reset the PHY so all changes take effect */
+    ret_val = e1000_phy_reset(hw);
+    if (ret_val) {
+        DEBUGOUT("Error Resetting the PHY\n");
+        return ret_val;
+    }
+
+   return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/********************************************************************
+* Setup auto-negotiation and flow control advertisements,
+* and then perform auto-negotiation.
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+*********************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_copper_link_autoneg(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    s32 ret_val;
+    u16 phy_data;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_autoneg");
+
+    /* Perform some bounds checking on the hw->autoneg_advertised
+     * parameter.  If this variable is zero, then set it to the default.
+     */
+    hw->autoneg_advertised &= AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_SPEED_DEFAULT;
+
+    /* If autoneg_advertised is zero, we assume it was not defaulted
+     * by the calling code so we set to advertise full capability.
+     */
+    if (hw->autoneg_advertised == 0)
+        hw->autoneg_advertised = AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_SPEED_DEFAULT;
+
+    /* IFE phy only supports 10/100 */
+    if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife)
+        hw->autoneg_advertised &= AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_10_100_ALL;
+
+    DEBUGOUT("Reconfiguring auto-neg advertisement params\n");
+    ret_val = e1000_phy_setup_autoneg(hw);
+    if (ret_val) {
+        DEBUGOUT("Error Setting up Auto-Negotiation\n");
+        return ret_val;
+    }
+    DEBUGOUT("Restarting Auto-Neg\n");
+
+    /* Restart auto-negotiation by setting the Auto Neg Enable bit and
+     * the Auto Neg Restart bit in the PHY control register.
+     */
+    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, &phy_data);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+
+    phy_data |= (MII_CR_AUTO_NEG_EN | MII_CR_RESTART_AUTO_NEG);
+    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, phy_data);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+
+    /* Does the user want to wait for Auto-Neg to complete here, or
+     * check at a later time (for example, callback routine).
+     */
+    if (hw->wait_autoneg_complete) {
+        ret_val = e1000_wait_autoneg(hw);
+        if (ret_val) {
+            DEBUGOUT("Error while waiting for autoneg to complete\n");
+            return ret_val;
+        }
+    }
+
+    hw->get_link_status = true;
+
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Config the MAC and the PHY after link is up.
+*   1) Set up the MAC to the current PHY speed/duplex
+*      if we are on 82543.  If we
+*      are on newer silicon, we only need to configure
+*      collision distance in the Transmit Control Register.
+*   2) Set up flow control on the MAC to that established with
+*      the link partner.
+*   3) Config DSP to improve Gigabit link quality for some PHY revisions.
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+******************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_copper_link_postconfig(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    s32 ret_val;
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_postconfig");
+
+    if (hw->mac_type >= e1000_82544) {
+        e1000_config_collision_dist(hw);
+    } else {
+        ret_val = e1000_config_mac_to_phy(hw);
+        if (ret_val) {
+            DEBUGOUT("Error configuring MAC to PHY settings\n");
+            return ret_val;
+        }
+    }
+    ret_val = e1000_config_fc_after_link_up(hw);
+    if (ret_val) {
+        DEBUGOUT("Error Configuring Flow Control\n");
+        return ret_val;
+    }
+
+    /* Config DSP to improve Giga link quality */
+    if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp) {
+        ret_val = e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change(hw, true);
+        if (ret_val) {
+            DEBUGOUT("Error Configuring DSP after link up\n");
+            return ret_val;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Detects which PHY is present and setup the speed and duplex
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+******************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_setup_copper_link(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    s32 ret_val;
+    u16 i;
+    u16 phy_data;
+    u16 reg_data;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_setup_copper_link");
+
+    switch (hw->mac_type) {
+    case e1000_80003es2lan:
+    case e1000_ich8lan:
+        /* Set the mac to wait the maximum time between each
+         * iteration and increase the max iterations when
+         * polling the phy; this fixes erroneous timeouts at 10Mbps. */
+        ret_val = e1000_write_kmrn_reg(hw, GG82563_REG(0x34, 4), 0xFFFF);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+        ret_val = e1000_read_kmrn_reg(hw, GG82563_REG(0x34, 9), &reg_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+        reg_data |= 0x3F;
+        ret_val = e1000_write_kmrn_reg(hw, GG82563_REG(0x34, 9), reg_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+    default:
+        break;
+    }
+
+    /* Check if it is a valid PHY and set PHY mode if necessary. */
+    ret_val = e1000_copper_link_preconfig(hw);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+
+    switch (hw->mac_type) {
+    case e1000_80003es2lan:
+        /* Kumeran registers are written-only */
+        reg_data = E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_INB_CTRL_LINK_STATUS_TX_TIMEOUT_DEFAULT;
+        reg_data |= E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_INB_CTRL_DIS_PADDING;
+        ret_val = e1000_write_kmrn_reg(hw, E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET_INB_CTRL,
+                                       reg_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+        break;
+    default:
+        break;
+    }
+
+    if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
+        hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3 ||
+        hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2) {
+        ret_val = e1000_copper_link_igp_setup(hw);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+    } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) {
+        ret_val = e1000_copper_link_mgp_setup(hw);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+    } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563) {
+        ret_val = e1000_copper_link_ggp_setup(hw);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+    }
+
+    if (hw->autoneg) {
+        /* Setup autoneg and flow control advertisement
+          * and perform autonegotiation */
+        ret_val = e1000_copper_link_autoneg(hw);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+    } else {
+        /* PHY will be set to 10H, 10F, 100H,or 100F
+          * depending on value from forced_speed_duplex. */
+        DEBUGOUT("Forcing speed and duplex\n");
+        ret_val = e1000_phy_force_speed_duplex(hw);
+        if (ret_val) {
+            DEBUGOUT("Error Forcing Speed and Duplex\n");
+            return ret_val;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* Check link status. Wait up to 100 microseconds for link to become
+     * valid.
+     */
+    for (i = 0; i < 10; i++) {
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+
+        if (phy_data & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) {
+            /* Config the MAC and PHY after link is up */
+            ret_val = e1000_copper_link_postconfig(hw);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+
+            DEBUGOUT("Valid link established!!!\n");
+            return E1000_SUCCESS;
+        }
+        udelay(10);
+    }
+
+    DEBUGOUT("Unable to establish link!!!\n");
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Configure the MAC-to-PHY interface for 10/100Mbps
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+******************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_configure_kmrn_for_10_100(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 duplex)
+{
+    s32 ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
+    u32 tipg;
+    u16 reg_data;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_configure_kmrn_for_10_100");
+
+    reg_data = E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_HD_CTRL_10_100_DEFAULT;
+    ret_val = e1000_write_kmrn_reg(hw, E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET_HD_CTRL,
+                                   reg_data);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+
+    /* Configure Transmit Inter-Packet Gap */
+    tipg = er32(TIPG);
+    tipg &= ~E1000_TIPG_IPGT_MASK;
+    tipg |= DEFAULT_80003ES2LAN_TIPG_IPGT_10_100;
+    ew32(TIPG, tipg);
+
+    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_KMRN_MODE_CTRL, &reg_data);
+
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+
+    if (duplex == HALF_DUPLEX)
+        reg_data |= GG82563_KMCR_PASS_FALSE_CARRIER;
+    else
+        reg_data &= ~GG82563_KMCR_PASS_FALSE_CARRIER;
+
+    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_KMRN_MODE_CTRL, reg_data);
+
+    return ret_val;
+}
+
+static s32 e1000_configure_kmrn_for_1000(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    s32 ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
+    u16 reg_data;
+    u32 tipg;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_configure_kmrn_for_1000");
+
+    reg_data = E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_HD_CTRL_1000_DEFAULT;
+    ret_val = e1000_write_kmrn_reg(hw, E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET_HD_CTRL,
+                                   reg_data);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+
+    /* Configure Transmit Inter-Packet Gap */
+    tipg = er32(TIPG);
+    tipg &= ~E1000_TIPG_IPGT_MASK;
+    tipg |= DEFAULT_80003ES2LAN_TIPG_IPGT_1000;
+    ew32(TIPG, tipg);
+
+    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_KMRN_MODE_CTRL, &reg_data);
+
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+
+    reg_data &= ~GG82563_KMCR_PASS_FALSE_CARRIER;
+    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_KMRN_MODE_CTRL, reg_data);
+
+    return ret_val;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Configures PHY autoneg and flow control advertisement settings
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+******************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_phy_setup_autoneg(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    s32 ret_val;
+    u16 mii_autoneg_adv_reg;
+    u16 mii_1000t_ctrl_reg;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_setup_autoneg");
+
+    /* Read the MII Auto-Neg Advertisement Register (Address 4). */
+    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_AUTONEG_ADV, &mii_autoneg_adv_reg);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+
+    if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_ife) {
+        /* Read the MII 1000Base-T Control Register (Address 9). */
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, &mii_1000t_ctrl_reg);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+    } else
+        mii_1000t_ctrl_reg=0;
+
+    /* Need to parse both autoneg_advertised and fc and set up
+     * the appropriate PHY registers.  First we will parse for
+     * autoneg_advertised software override.  Since we can advertise
+     * a plethora of combinations, we need to check each bit
+     * individually.
+     */
+
+    /* First we clear all the 10/100 mb speed bits in the Auto-Neg
+     * Advertisement Register (Address 4) and the 1000 mb speed bits in
+     * the  1000Base-T Control Register (Address 9).
+     */
+    mii_autoneg_adv_reg &= ~REG4_SPEED_MASK;
+    mii_1000t_ctrl_reg &= ~REG9_SPEED_MASK;
+
+    DEBUGOUT1("autoneg_advertised %x\n", hw->autoneg_advertised);
+
+    /* Do we want to advertise 10 Mb Half Duplex? */
+    if (hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_10_HALF) {
+        DEBUGOUT("Advertise 10mb Half duplex\n");
+        mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_10T_HD_CAPS;
+    }
+
+    /* Do we want to advertise 10 Mb Full Duplex? */
+    if (hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_10_FULL) {
+        DEBUGOUT("Advertise 10mb Full duplex\n");
+        mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_10T_FD_CAPS;
+    }
+
+    /* Do we want to advertise 100 Mb Half Duplex? */
+    if (hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_100_HALF) {
+        DEBUGOUT("Advertise 100mb Half duplex\n");
+        mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_100TX_HD_CAPS;
+    }
+
+    /* Do we want to advertise 100 Mb Full Duplex? */
+    if (hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_100_FULL) {
+        DEBUGOUT("Advertise 100mb Full duplex\n");
+        mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_100TX_FD_CAPS;
+    }
+
+    /* We do not allow the Phy to advertise 1000 Mb Half Duplex */
+    if (hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_1000_HALF) {
+        DEBUGOUT("Advertise 1000mb Half duplex requested, request denied!\n");
+    }
+
+    /* Do we want to advertise 1000 Mb Full Duplex? */
+    if (hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_1000_FULL) {
+        DEBUGOUT("Advertise 1000mb Full duplex\n");
+        mii_1000t_ctrl_reg |= CR_1000T_FD_CAPS;
+        if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
+            DEBUGOUT("e1000_phy_ife is a 10/100 PHY. Gigabit speed is not supported.\n");
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* Check for a software override of the flow control settings, and
+     * setup the PHY advertisement registers accordingly.  If
+     * auto-negotiation is enabled, then software will have to set the
+     * "PAUSE" bits to the correct value in the Auto-Negotiation
+     * Advertisement Register (PHY_AUTONEG_ADV) and re-start auto-negotiation.
+     *
+     * The possible values of the "fc" parameter are:
+     *      0:  Flow control is completely disabled
+     *      1:  Rx flow control is enabled (we can receive pause frames
+     *          but not send pause frames).
+     *      2:  Tx flow control is enabled (we can send pause frames
+     *          but we do not support receiving pause frames).
+     *      3:  Both Rx and TX flow control (symmetric) are enabled.
+     *  other:  No software override.  The flow control configuration
+     *          in the EEPROM is used.
+     */
+    switch (hw->fc) {
+    case E1000_FC_NONE: /* 0 */
+        /* Flow control (RX & TX) is completely disabled by a
+         * software over-ride.
+         */
+        mii_autoneg_adv_reg &= ~(NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR | NWAY_AR_PAUSE);
+        break;
+    case E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE: /* 1 */
+        /* RX Flow control is enabled, and TX Flow control is
+         * disabled, by a software over-ride.
+         */
+        /* Since there really isn't a way to advertise that we are
+         * capable of RX Pause ONLY, we will advertise that we
+         * support both symmetric and asymmetric RX PAUSE.  Later
+         * (in e1000_config_fc_after_link_up) we will disable the
+         *hw's ability to send PAUSE frames.
+         */
+        mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= (NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR | NWAY_AR_PAUSE);
+        break;
+    case E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE: /* 2 */
+        /* TX Flow control is enabled, and RX Flow control is
+         * disabled, by a software over-ride.
+         */
+        mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR;
+        mii_autoneg_adv_reg &= ~NWAY_AR_PAUSE;
+        break;
+    case E1000_FC_FULL: /* 3 */
+        /* Flow control (both RX and TX) is enabled by a software
+         * over-ride.
+         */
+        mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= (NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR | NWAY_AR_PAUSE);
+        break;
+    default:
+        DEBUGOUT("Flow control param set incorrectly\n");
+        return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
+    }
+
+    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_AUTONEG_ADV, mii_autoneg_adv_reg);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+
+    DEBUGOUT1("Auto-Neg Advertising %x\n", mii_autoneg_adv_reg);
+
+    if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_ife) {
+        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, mii_1000t_ctrl_reg);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+    }
+
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Force PHY speed and duplex settings to hw->forced_speed_duplex
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+******************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_phy_force_speed_duplex(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    u32 ctrl;
+    s32 ret_val;
+    u16 mii_ctrl_reg;
+    u16 mii_status_reg;
+    u16 phy_data;
+    u16 i;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_force_speed_duplex");
+
+    /* Turn off Flow control if we are forcing speed and duplex. */
+    hw->fc = E1000_FC_NONE;
+
+    DEBUGOUT1("hw->fc = %d\n", hw->fc);
+
+    /* Read the Device Control Register. */
+    ctrl = er32(CTRL);
+
+    /* Set the bits to Force Speed and Duplex in the Device Ctrl Reg. */
+    ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_FRCSPD | E1000_CTRL_FRCDPX);
+    ctrl &= ~(DEVICE_SPEED_MASK);
+
+    /* Clear the Auto Speed Detect Enable bit. */
+    ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_ASDE;
+
+    /* Read the MII Control Register. */
+    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, &mii_ctrl_reg);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+
+    /* We need to disable autoneg in order to force link and duplex. */
+
+    mii_ctrl_reg &= ~MII_CR_AUTO_NEG_EN;
+
+    /* Are we forcing Full or Half Duplex? */
+    if (hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_100_full ||
+        hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_full) {
+        /* We want to force full duplex so we SET the full duplex bits in the
+         * Device and MII Control Registers.
+         */
+        ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_FD;
+        mii_ctrl_reg |= MII_CR_FULL_DUPLEX;
+        DEBUGOUT("Full Duplex\n");
+    } else {
+        /* We want to force half duplex so we CLEAR the full duplex bits in
+         * the Device and MII Control Registers.
+         */
+        ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_FD;
+        mii_ctrl_reg &= ~MII_CR_FULL_DUPLEX;
+        DEBUGOUT("Half Duplex\n");
+    }
+
+    /* Are we forcing 100Mbps??? */
+    if (hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_100_full ||
+       hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_100_half) {
+        /* Set the 100Mb bit and turn off the 1000Mb and 10Mb bits. */
+        ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SPD_100;
+        mii_ctrl_reg |= MII_CR_SPEED_100;
+        mii_ctrl_reg &= ~(MII_CR_SPEED_1000 | MII_CR_SPEED_10);
+        DEBUGOUT("Forcing 100mb ");
+    } else {
+        /* Set the 10Mb bit and turn off the 1000Mb and 100Mb bits. */
+        ctrl &= ~(E1000_CTRL_SPD_1000 | E1000_CTRL_SPD_100);
+        mii_ctrl_reg |= MII_CR_SPEED_10;
+        mii_ctrl_reg &= ~(MII_CR_SPEED_1000 | MII_CR_SPEED_100);
+        DEBUGOUT("Forcing 10mb ");
+    }
+
+    e1000_config_collision_dist(hw);
+
+    /* Write the configured values back to the Device Control Reg. */
+    ew32(CTRL, ctrl);
+
+    if ((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) ||
+        (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563)) {
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+
+        /* Clear Auto-Crossover to force MDI manually. M88E1000 requires MDI
+         * forced whenever speed are duplex are forced.
+         */
+        phy_data &= ~M88E1000_PSCR_AUTO_X_MODE;
+        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+
+        DEBUGOUT1("M88E1000 PSCR: %x \n", phy_data);
+
+        /* Need to reset the PHY or these changes will be ignored */
+        mii_ctrl_reg |= MII_CR_RESET;
+
+    /* Disable MDI-X support for 10/100 */
+    } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_MDIX_CONTROL, &phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+
+        phy_data &= ~IFE_PMC_AUTO_MDIX;
+        phy_data &= ~IFE_PMC_FORCE_MDIX;
+
+        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_MDIX_CONTROL, phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+
+    } else {
+        /* Clear Auto-Crossover to force MDI manually.  IGP requires MDI
+         * forced whenever speed or duplex are forced.
+         */
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CTRL, &phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+
+        phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCR_AUTO_MDIX;
+        phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCR_FORCE_MDI_MDIX;
+
+        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CTRL, phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+    }
+
+    /* Write back the modified PHY MII control register. */
+    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, mii_ctrl_reg);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+
+    udelay(1);
+
+    /* The wait_autoneg_complete flag may be a little misleading here.
+     * Since we are forcing speed and duplex, Auto-Neg is not enabled.
+     * But we do want to delay for a period while forcing only so we
+     * don't generate false No Link messages.  So we will wait here
+     * only if the user has set wait_autoneg_complete to 1, which is
+     * the default.
+     */
+    if (hw->wait_autoneg_complete) {
+        /* We will wait for autoneg to complete. */
+        DEBUGOUT("Waiting for forced speed/duplex link.\n");
+        mii_status_reg = 0;
+
+        /* We will wait for autoneg to complete or 4.5 seconds to expire. */
+        for (i = PHY_FORCE_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
+            /* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Auto-Neg Complete bit
+             * to be set.
+             */
+            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+
+            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+
+            if (mii_status_reg & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) break;
+            msleep(100);
+        }
+        if ((i == 0) &&
+           ((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) ||
+            (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563))) {
+            /* We didn't get link.  Reset the DSP and wait again for link. */
+            ret_val = e1000_phy_reset_dsp(hw);
+            if (ret_val) {
+                DEBUGOUT("Error Resetting PHY DSP\n");
+                return ret_val;
+            }
+        }
+        /* This loop will early-out if the link condition has been met.  */
+        for (i = PHY_FORCE_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
+            if (mii_status_reg & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) break;
+            msleep(100);
+            /* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Auto-Neg Complete bit
+             * to be set.
+             */
+            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+
+            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) {
+        /* Because we reset the PHY above, we need to re-force TX_CLK in the
+         * Extended PHY Specific Control Register to 25MHz clock.  This value
+         * defaults back to a 2.5MHz clock when the PHY is reset.
+         */
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_EXT_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+
+        phy_data |= M88E1000_EPSCR_TX_CLK_25;
+        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_EXT_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+
+        /* In addition, because of the s/w reset above, we need to enable CRS on
+         * TX.  This must be set for both full and half duplex operation.
+         */
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+
+        phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_ASSERT_CRS_ON_TX;
+        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+
+        if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82544 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82543) &&
+            (!hw->autoneg) && (hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_full ||
+             hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_half)) {
+            ret_val = e1000_polarity_reversal_workaround(hw);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+        }
+    } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563) {
+        /* The TX_CLK of the Extended PHY Specific Control Register defaults
+         * to 2.5MHz on a reset.  We need to re-force it back to 25MHz, if
+         * we're not in a forced 10/duplex configuration. */
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_MAC_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+
+        phy_data &= ~GG82563_MSCR_TX_CLK_MASK;
+        if ((hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_full) ||
+            (hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_half))
+            phy_data |= GG82563_MSCR_TX_CLK_10MBPS_2_5MHZ;
+        else
+            phy_data |= GG82563_MSCR_TX_CLK_100MBPS_25MHZ;
+
+        /* Also due to the reset, we need to enable CRS on Tx. */
+        phy_data |= GG82563_MSCR_ASSERT_CRS_ON_TX;
+
+        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_MAC_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+    }
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Sets the collision distance in the Transmit Control register
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+*
+* Link should have been established previously. Reads the speed and duplex
+* information from the Device Status register.
+******************************************************************************/
+void e1000_config_collision_dist(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    u32 tctl, coll_dist;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_config_collision_dist");
+
+    if (hw->mac_type < e1000_82543)
+        coll_dist = E1000_COLLISION_DISTANCE_82542;
+    else
+        coll_dist = E1000_COLLISION_DISTANCE;
+
+    tctl = er32(TCTL);
+
+    tctl &= ~E1000_TCTL_COLD;
+    tctl |= coll_dist << E1000_COLD_SHIFT;
+
+    ew32(TCTL, tctl);
+    E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Sets MAC speed and duplex settings to reflect the those in the PHY
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+* mii_reg - data to write to the MII control register
+*
+* The contents of the PHY register containing the needed information need to
+* be passed in.
+******************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_config_mac_to_phy(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    u32 ctrl;
+    s32 ret_val;
+    u16 phy_data;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_config_mac_to_phy");
+
+    /* 82544 or newer MAC, Auto Speed Detection takes care of
+    * MAC speed/duplex configuration.*/
+    if (hw->mac_type >= e1000_82544)
+        return E1000_SUCCESS;
+
+    /* Read the Device Control Register and set the bits to Force Speed
+     * and Duplex.
+     */
+    ctrl = er32(CTRL);
+    ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_FRCSPD | E1000_CTRL_FRCDPX);
+    ctrl &= ~(E1000_CTRL_SPD_SEL | E1000_CTRL_ILOS);
+
+    /* Set up duplex in the Device Control and Transmit Control
+     * registers depending on negotiated values.
+     */
+    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS, &phy_data);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+
+    if (phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_DPLX)
+        ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_FD;
+    else
+        ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_FD;
+
+    e1000_config_collision_dist(hw);
+
+    /* Set up speed in the Device Control register depending on
+     * negotiated values.
+     */
+    if ((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_SPEED) == M88E1000_PSSR_1000MBS)
+        ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SPD_1000;
+    else if ((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_SPEED) == M88E1000_PSSR_100MBS)
+        ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SPD_100;
+
+    /* Write the configured values back to the Device Control Reg. */
+    ew32(CTRL, ctrl);
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Forces the MAC's flow control settings.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ * Sets the TFCE and RFCE bits in the device control register to reflect
+ * the adapter settings. TFCE and RFCE need to be explicitly set by
+ * software when a Copper PHY is used because autonegotiation is managed
+ * by the PHY rather than the MAC. Software must also configure these
+ * bits when link is forced on a fiber connection.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_force_mac_fc(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    u32 ctrl;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_force_mac_fc");
+
+    /* Get the current configuration of the Device Control Register */
+    ctrl = er32(CTRL);
+
+    /* Because we didn't get link via the internal auto-negotiation
+     * mechanism (we either forced link or we got link via PHY
+     * auto-neg), we have to manually enable/disable transmit an
+     * receive flow control.
+     *
+     * The "Case" statement below enables/disable flow control
+     * according to the "hw->fc" parameter.
+     *
+     * The possible values of the "fc" parameter are:
+     *      0:  Flow control is completely disabled
+     *      1:  Rx flow control is enabled (we can receive pause
+     *          frames but not send pause frames).
+     *      2:  Tx flow control is enabled (we can send pause frames
+     *          frames but we do not receive pause frames).
+     *      3:  Both Rx and TX flow control (symmetric) is enabled.
+     *  other:  No other values should be possible at this point.
+     */
+
+    switch (hw->fc) {
+    case E1000_FC_NONE:
+        ctrl &= (~(E1000_CTRL_TFCE | E1000_CTRL_RFCE));
+        break;
+    case E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE:
+        ctrl &= (~E1000_CTRL_TFCE);
+        ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_RFCE;
+        break;
+    case E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE:
+        ctrl &= (~E1000_CTRL_RFCE);
+        ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_TFCE;
+        break;
+    case E1000_FC_FULL:
+        ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_TFCE | E1000_CTRL_RFCE);
+        break;
+    default:
+        DEBUGOUT("Flow control param set incorrectly\n");
+        return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
+    }
+
+    /* Disable TX Flow Control for 82542 (rev 2.0) */
+    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0)
+        ctrl &= (~E1000_CTRL_TFCE);
+
+    ew32(CTRL, ctrl);
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Configures flow control settings after link is established
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ * Should be called immediately after a valid link has been established.
+ * Forces MAC flow control settings if link was forced. When in MII/GMII mode
+ * and autonegotiation is enabled, the MAC flow control settings will be set
+ * based on the flow control negotiated by the PHY. In TBI mode, the TFCE
+ * and RFCE bits will be automaticaly set to the negotiated flow control mode.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_config_fc_after_link_up(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    s32 ret_val;
+    u16 mii_status_reg;
+    u16 mii_nway_adv_reg;
+    u16 mii_nway_lp_ability_reg;
+    u16 speed;
+    u16 duplex;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_config_fc_after_link_up");
+
+    /* Check for the case where we have fiber media and auto-neg failed
+     * so we had to force link.  In this case, we need to force the
+     * configuration of the MAC to match the "fc" parameter.
+     */
+    if (((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) && (hw->autoneg_failed)) ||
+        ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes) &&
+         (hw->autoneg_failed)) ||
+        ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) && (!hw->autoneg))) {
+        ret_val = e1000_force_mac_fc(hw);
+        if (ret_val) {
+            DEBUGOUT("Error forcing flow control settings\n");
+            return ret_val;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* Check for the case where we have copper media and auto-neg is
+     * enabled.  In this case, we need to check and see if Auto-Neg
+     * has completed, and if so, how the PHY and link partner has
+     * flow control configured.
+     */
+    if ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) && hw->autoneg) {
+        /* Read the MII Status Register and check to see if AutoNeg
+         * has completed.  We read this twice because this reg has
+         * some "sticky" (latched) bits.
+         */
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+
+        if (mii_status_reg & MII_SR_AUTONEG_COMPLETE) {
+            /* The AutoNeg process has completed, so we now need to
+             * read both the Auto Negotiation Advertisement Register
+             * (Address 4) and the Auto_Negotiation Base Page Ability
+             * Register (Address 5) to determine how flow control was
+             * negotiated.
+             */
+            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_AUTONEG_ADV,
+                                         &mii_nway_adv_reg);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_LP_ABILITY,
+                                         &mii_nway_lp_ability_reg);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+
+            /* Two bits in the Auto Negotiation Advertisement Register
+             * (Address 4) and two bits in the Auto Negotiation Base
+             * Page Ability Register (Address 5) determine flow control
+             * for both the PHY and the link partner.  The following
+             * table, taken out of the IEEE 802.3ab/D6.0 dated March 25,
+             * 1999, describes these PAUSE resolution bits and how flow
+             * control is determined based upon these settings.
+             * NOTE:  DC = Don't Care
+             *
+             *   LOCAL DEVICE  |   LINK PARTNER
+             * PAUSE | ASM_DIR | PAUSE | ASM_DIR | NIC Resolution
+             *-------|---------|-------|---------|--------------------
+             *   0   |    0    |  DC   |   DC    | E1000_FC_NONE
+             *   0   |    1    |   0   |   DC    | E1000_FC_NONE
+             *   0   |    1    |   1   |    0    | E1000_FC_NONE
+             *   0   |    1    |   1   |    1    | E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE
+             *   1   |    0    |   0   |   DC    | E1000_FC_NONE
+             *   1   |   DC    |   1   |   DC    | E1000_FC_FULL
+             *   1   |    1    |   0   |    0    | E1000_FC_NONE
+             *   1   |    1    |   0   |    1    | E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE
+             *
+             */
+            /* Are both PAUSE bits set to 1?  If so, this implies
+             * Symmetric Flow Control is enabled at both ends.  The
+             * ASM_DIR bits are irrelevant per the spec.
+             *
+             * For Symmetric Flow Control:
+             *
+             *   LOCAL DEVICE  |   LINK PARTNER
+             * PAUSE | ASM_DIR | PAUSE | ASM_DIR | Result
+             *-------|---------|-------|---------|--------------------
+             *   1   |   DC    |   1   |   DC    | E1000_FC_FULL
+             *
+             */
+            if ((mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_PAUSE) &&
+                (mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_PAUSE)) {
+                /* Now we need to check if the user selected RX ONLY
+                 * of pause frames.  In this case, we had to advertise
+                 * FULL flow control because we could not advertise RX
+                 * ONLY. Hence, we must now check to see if we need to
+                 * turn OFF  the TRANSMISSION of PAUSE frames.
+                 */
+                if (hw->original_fc == E1000_FC_FULL) {
+                    hw->fc = E1000_FC_FULL;
+                    DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = FULL.\n");
+                } else {
+                    hw->fc = E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE;
+                    DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = RX PAUSE frames only.\n");
+                }
+            }
+            /* For receiving PAUSE frames ONLY.
+             *
+             *   LOCAL DEVICE  |   LINK PARTNER
+             * PAUSE | ASM_DIR | PAUSE | ASM_DIR | Result
+             *-------|---------|-------|---------|--------------------
+             *   0   |    1    |   1   |    1    | E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE
+             *
+             */
+            else if (!(mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_PAUSE) &&
+                     (mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR) &&
+                     (mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_PAUSE) &&
+                     (mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_ASM_DIR)) {
+                hw->fc = E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE;
+                DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = TX PAUSE frames only.\n");
+            }
+            /* For transmitting PAUSE frames ONLY.
+             *
+             *   LOCAL DEVICE  |   LINK PARTNER
+             * PAUSE | ASM_DIR | PAUSE | ASM_DIR | Result
+             *-------|---------|-------|---------|--------------------
+             *   1   |    1    |   0   |    1    | E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE
+             *
+             */
+            else if ((mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_PAUSE) &&
+                     (mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR) &&
+                     !(mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_PAUSE) &&
+                     (mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_ASM_DIR)) {
+                hw->fc = E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE;
+                DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = RX PAUSE frames only.\n");
+            }
+            /* Per the IEEE spec, at this point flow control should be
+             * disabled.  However, we want to consider that we could
+             * be connected to a legacy switch that doesn't advertise
+             * desired flow control, but can be forced on the link
+             * partner.  So if we advertised no flow control, that is
+             * what we will resolve to.  If we advertised some kind of
+             * receive capability (Rx Pause Only or Full Flow Control)
+             * and the link partner advertised none, we will configure
+             * ourselves to enable Rx Flow Control only.  We can do
+             * this safely for two reasons:  If the link partner really
+             * didn't want flow control enabled, and we enable Rx, no
+             * harm done since we won't be receiving any PAUSE frames
+             * anyway.  If the intent on the link partner was to have
+             * flow control enabled, then by us enabling RX only, we
+             * can at least receive pause frames and process them.
+             * This is a good idea because in most cases, since we are
+             * predominantly a server NIC, more times than not we will
+             * be asked to delay transmission of packets than asking
+             * our link partner to pause transmission of frames.
+             */
+            else if ((hw->original_fc == E1000_FC_NONE ||
+                      hw->original_fc == E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE) ||
+                      hw->fc_strict_ieee) {
+                hw->fc = E1000_FC_NONE;
+                DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = NONE.\n");
+            } else {
+                hw->fc = E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE;
+                DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = RX PAUSE frames only.\n");
+            }
+
+            /* Now we need to do one last check...  If we auto-
+             * negotiated to HALF DUPLEX, flow control should not be
+             * enabled per IEEE 802.3 spec.
+             */
+            ret_val = e1000_get_speed_and_duplex(hw, &speed, &duplex);
+            if (ret_val) {
+                DEBUGOUT("Error getting link speed and duplex\n");
+                return ret_val;
+            }
+
+            if (duplex == HALF_DUPLEX)
+                hw->fc = E1000_FC_NONE;
+
+            /* Now we call a subroutine to actually force the MAC
+             * controller to use the correct flow control settings.
+             */
+            ret_val = e1000_force_mac_fc(hw);
+            if (ret_val) {
+                DEBUGOUT("Error forcing flow control settings\n");
+                return ret_val;
+            }
+        } else {
+            DEBUGOUT("Copper PHY and Auto Neg has not completed.\n");
+        }
+    }
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Checks to see if the link status of the hardware has changed.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ * Called by any function that needs to check the link status of the adapter.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_check_for_link(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    u32 rxcw = 0;
+    u32 ctrl;
+    u32 status;
+    u32 rctl;
+    u32 icr;
+    u32 signal = 0;
+    s32 ret_val;
+    u16 phy_data;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_check_for_link");
+
+    ctrl = er32(CTRL);
+    status = er32(STATUS);
+
+    /* On adapters with a MAC newer than 82544, SW Defineable pin 1 will be
+     * set when the optics detect a signal. On older adapters, it will be
+     * cleared when there is a signal.  This applies to fiber media only.
+     */
+    if ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) ||
+        (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes)) {
+        rxcw = er32(RXCW);
+
+        if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
+            signal = (hw->mac_type > e1000_82544) ? E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN1 : 0;
+            if (status & E1000_STATUS_LU)
+                hw->get_link_status = false;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* If we have a copper PHY then we only want to go out to the PHY
+     * registers to see if Auto-Neg has completed and/or if our link
+     * status has changed.  The get_link_status flag will be set if we
+     * receive a Link Status Change interrupt or we have Rx Sequence
+     * Errors.
+     */
+    if ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) && hw->get_link_status) {
+        /* First we want to see if the MII Status Register reports
+         * link.  If so, then we want to get the current speed/duplex
+         * of the PHY.
+         * Read the register twice since the link bit is sticky.
+         */
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+
+        if (phy_data & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) {
+            hw->get_link_status = false;
+            /* Check if there was DownShift, must be checked immediately after
+             * link-up */
+            e1000_check_downshift(hw);
+
+            /* If we are on 82544 or 82543 silicon and speed/duplex
+             * are forced to 10H or 10F, then we will implement the polarity
+             * reversal workaround.  We disable interrupts first, and upon
+             * returning, place the devices interrupt state to its previous
+             * value except for the link status change interrupt which will
+             * happen due to the execution of this workaround.
+             */
+
+            if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82544 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82543) &&
+                (!hw->autoneg) &&
+                (hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_full ||
+                 hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_half)) {
+                ew32(IMC, 0xffffffff);
+                ret_val = e1000_polarity_reversal_workaround(hw);
+                icr = er32(ICR);
+                ew32(ICS, (icr & ~E1000_ICS_LSC));
+                ew32(IMS, IMS_ENABLE_MASK);
+            }
+
+        } else {
+            /* No link detected */
+            e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change(hw, false);
+            return 0;
+        }
+
+        /* If we are forcing speed/duplex, then we simply return since
+         * we have already determined whether we have link or not.
+         */
+        if (!hw->autoneg) return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
+
+        /* optimize the dsp settings for the igp phy */
+        e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change(hw, true);
+
+        /* We have a M88E1000 PHY and Auto-Neg is enabled.  If we
+         * have Si on board that is 82544 or newer, Auto
+         * Speed Detection takes care of MAC speed/duplex
+         * configuration.  So we only need to configure Collision
+         * Distance in the MAC.  Otherwise, we need to force
+         * speed/duplex on the MAC to the current PHY speed/duplex
+         * settings.
+         */
+        if (hw->mac_type >= e1000_82544)
+            e1000_config_collision_dist(hw);
+        else {
+            ret_val = e1000_config_mac_to_phy(hw);
+            if (ret_val) {
+                DEBUGOUT("Error configuring MAC to PHY settings\n");
+                return ret_val;
+            }
+        }
+
+        /* Configure Flow Control now that Auto-Neg has completed. First, we
+         * need to restore the desired flow control settings because we may
+         * have had to re-autoneg with a different link partner.
+         */
+        ret_val = e1000_config_fc_after_link_up(hw);
+        if (ret_val) {
+            DEBUGOUT("Error configuring flow control\n");
+            return ret_val;
+        }
+
+        /* At this point we know that we are on copper and we have
+         * auto-negotiated link.  These are conditions for checking the link
+         * partner capability register.  We use the link speed to determine if
+         * TBI compatibility needs to be turned on or off.  If the link is not
+         * at gigabit speed, then TBI compatibility is not needed.  If we are
+         * at gigabit speed, we turn on TBI compatibility.
+         */
+        if (hw->tbi_compatibility_en) {
+            u16 speed, duplex;
+            ret_val = e1000_get_speed_and_duplex(hw, &speed, &duplex);
+            if (ret_val) {
+                DEBUGOUT("Error getting link speed and duplex\n");
+                return ret_val;
+            }
+            if (speed != SPEED_1000) {
+                /* If link speed is not set to gigabit speed, we do not need
+                 * to enable TBI compatibility.
+                 */
+                if (hw->tbi_compatibility_on) {
+                    /* If we previously were in the mode, turn it off. */
+                    rctl = er32(RCTL);
+                    rctl &= ~E1000_RCTL_SBP;
+                    ew32(RCTL, rctl);
+                    hw->tbi_compatibility_on = false;
+                }
+            } else {
+                /* If TBI compatibility is was previously off, turn it on. For
+                 * compatibility with a TBI link partner, we will store bad
+                 * packets. Some frames have an additional byte on the end and
+                 * will look like CRC errors to to the hardware.
+                 */
+                if (!hw->tbi_compatibility_on) {
+                    hw->tbi_compatibility_on = true;
+                    rctl = er32(RCTL);
+                    rctl |= E1000_RCTL_SBP;
+                    ew32(RCTL, rctl);
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    /* If we don't have link (auto-negotiation failed or link partner cannot
+     * auto-negotiate), the cable is plugged in (we have signal), and our
+     * link partner is not trying to auto-negotiate with us (we are receiving
+     * idles or data), we need to force link up. We also need to give
+     * auto-negotiation time to complete, in case the cable was just plugged
+     * in. The autoneg_failed flag does this.
+     */
+    else if ((((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) &&
+              ((ctrl & E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN1) == signal)) ||
+              (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes)) &&
+              (!(status & E1000_STATUS_LU)) &&
+              (!(rxcw & E1000_RXCW_C))) {
+        if (hw->autoneg_failed == 0) {
+            hw->autoneg_failed = 1;
+            return 0;
+        }
+        DEBUGOUT("NOT RXing /C/, disable AutoNeg and force link.\n");
+
+        /* Disable auto-negotiation in the TXCW register */
+        ew32(TXCW, (hw->txcw & ~E1000_TXCW_ANE));
+
+        /* Force link-up and also force full-duplex. */
+        ctrl = er32(CTRL);
+        ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_SLU | E1000_CTRL_FD);
+        ew32(CTRL, ctrl);
+
+        /* Configure Flow Control after forcing link up. */
+        ret_val = e1000_config_fc_after_link_up(hw);
+        if (ret_val) {
+            DEBUGOUT("Error configuring flow control\n");
+            return ret_val;
+        }
+    }
+    /* If we are forcing link and we are receiving /C/ ordered sets, re-enable
+     * auto-negotiation in the TXCW register and disable forced link in the
+     * Device Control register in an attempt to auto-negotiate with our link
+     * partner.
+     */
+    else if (((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) ||
+              (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes)) &&
+              (ctrl & E1000_CTRL_SLU) && (rxcw & E1000_RXCW_C)) {
+        DEBUGOUT("RXing /C/, enable AutoNeg and stop forcing link.\n");
+        ew32(TXCW, hw->txcw);
+        ew32(CTRL, (ctrl & ~E1000_CTRL_SLU));
+
+        hw->serdes_link_down = false;
+    }
+    /* If we force link for non-auto-negotiation switch, check link status
+     * based on MAC synchronization for internal serdes media type.
+     */
+    else if ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes) &&
+             !(E1000_TXCW_ANE & er32(TXCW))) {
+        /* SYNCH bit and IV bit are sticky. */
+        udelay(10);
+        if (E1000_RXCW_SYNCH & er32(RXCW)) {
+            if (!(rxcw & E1000_RXCW_IV)) {
+                hw->serdes_link_down = false;
+                DEBUGOUT("SERDES: Link is up.\n");
+            }
+        } else {
+            hw->serdes_link_down = true;
+            DEBUGOUT("SERDES: Link is down.\n");
+        }
+    }
+    if ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes) &&
+        (E1000_TXCW_ANE & er32(TXCW))) {
+        hw->serdes_link_down = !(E1000_STATUS_LU & er32(STATUS));
+    }
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Detects the current speed and duplex settings of the hardware.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * speed - Speed of the connection
+ * duplex - Duplex setting of the connection
+ *****************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_get_speed_and_duplex(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 *speed, u16 *duplex)
+{
+    u32 status;
+    s32 ret_val;
+    u16 phy_data;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_speed_and_duplex");
+
+    if (hw->mac_type >= e1000_82543) {
+        status = er32(STATUS);
+        if (status & E1000_STATUS_SPEED_1000) {
+            *speed = SPEED_1000;
+            DEBUGOUT("1000 Mbs, ");
+        } else if (status & E1000_STATUS_SPEED_100) {
+            *speed = SPEED_100;
+            DEBUGOUT("100 Mbs, ");
+        } else {
+            *speed = SPEED_10;
+            DEBUGOUT("10 Mbs, ");
+        }
+
+        if (status & E1000_STATUS_FD) {
+            *duplex = FULL_DUPLEX;
+            DEBUGOUT("Full Duplex\n");
+        } else {
+            *duplex = HALF_DUPLEX;
+            DEBUGOUT(" Half Duplex\n");
+        }
+    } else {
+        DEBUGOUT("1000 Mbs, Full Duplex\n");
+        *speed = SPEED_1000;
+        *duplex = FULL_DUPLEX;
+    }
+
+    /* IGP01 PHY may advertise full duplex operation after speed downgrade even
+     * if it is operating at half duplex.  Here we set the duplex settings to
+     * match the duplex in the link partner's capabilities.
+     */
+    if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp && hw->speed_downgraded) {
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_AUTONEG_EXP, &phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+
+        if (!(phy_data & NWAY_ER_LP_NWAY_CAPS))
+            *duplex = HALF_DUPLEX;
+        else {
+            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_LP_ABILITY, &phy_data);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+            if ((*speed == SPEED_100 && !(phy_data & NWAY_LPAR_100TX_FD_CAPS)) ||
+               (*speed == SPEED_10 && !(phy_data & NWAY_LPAR_10T_FD_CAPS)))
+                *duplex = HALF_DUPLEX;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) &&
+        (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper)) {
+        if (*speed == SPEED_1000)
+            ret_val = e1000_configure_kmrn_for_1000(hw);
+        else
+            ret_val = e1000_configure_kmrn_for_10_100(hw, *duplex);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+    }
+
+    if ((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3) && (*speed == SPEED_1000)) {
+        ret_val = e1000_kumeran_lock_loss_workaround(hw);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+    }
+
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Blocks until autoneg completes or times out (~4.5 seconds)
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+******************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_wait_autoneg(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    s32 ret_val;
+    u16 i;
+    u16 phy_data;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_wait_autoneg");
+    DEBUGOUT("Waiting for Auto-Neg to complete.\n");
+
+    /* We will wait for autoneg to complete or 4.5 seconds to expire. */
+    for (i = PHY_AUTO_NEG_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
+        /* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Auto-Neg
+         * Complete bit to be set.
+         */
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+        if (phy_data & MII_SR_AUTONEG_COMPLETE) {
+            return E1000_SUCCESS;
+        }
+        msleep(100);
+    }
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Raises the Management Data Clock
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+* ctrl - Device control register's current value
+******************************************************************************/
+static void e1000_raise_mdi_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 *ctrl)
+{
+    /* Raise the clock input to the Management Data Clock (by setting the MDC
+     * bit), and then delay 10 microseconds.
+     */
+    ew32(CTRL, (*ctrl | E1000_CTRL_MDC));
+    E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+    udelay(10);
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Lowers the Management Data Clock
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+* ctrl - Device control register's current value
+******************************************************************************/
+static void e1000_lower_mdi_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 *ctrl)
+{
+    /* Lower the clock input to the Management Data Clock (by clearing the MDC
+     * bit), and then delay 10 microseconds.
+     */
+    ew32(CTRL, (*ctrl & ~E1000_CTRL_MDC));
+    E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+    udelay(10);
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Shifts data bits out to the PHY
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+* data - Data to send out to the PHY
+* count - Number of bits to shift out
+*
+* Bits are shifted out in MSB to LSB order.
+******************************************************************************/
+static void e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 data, u16 count)
+{
+    u32 ctrl;
+    u32 mask;
+
+    /* We need to shift "count" number of bits out to the PHY. So, the value
+     * in the "data" parameter will be shifted out to the PHY one bit at a
+     * time. In order to do this, "data" must be broken down into bits.
+     */
+    mask = 0x01;
+    mask <<= (count - 1);
+
+    ctrl = er32(CTRL);
+
+    /* Set MDIO_DIR and MDC_DIR direction bits to be used as output pins. */
+    ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_MDIO_DIR | E1000_CTRL_MDC_DIR);
+
+    while (mask) {
+        /* A "1" is shifted out to the PHY by setting the MDIO bit to "1" and
+         * then raising and lowering the Management Data Clock. A "0" is
+         * shifted out to the PHY by setting the MDIO bit to "0" and then
+         * raising and lowering the clock.
+         */
+        if (data & mask)
+            ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_MDIO;
+        else
+            ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_MDIO;
+
+        ew32(CTRL, ctrl);
+        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+
+        udelay(10);
+
+        e1000_raise_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
+        e1000_lower_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
+
+        mask = mask >> 1;
+    }
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Shifts data bits in from the PHY
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+*
+* Bits are shifted in in MSB to LSB order.
+******************************************************************************/
+static u16 e1000_shift_in_mdi_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    u32 ctrl;
+    u16 data = 0;
+    u8 i;
+
+    /* In order to read a register from the PHY, we need to shift in a total
+     * of 18 bits from the PHY. The first two bit (turnaround) times are used
+     * to avoid contention on the MDIO pin when a read operation is performed.
+     * These two bits are ignored by us and thrown away. Bits are "shifted in"
+     * by raising the input to the Management Data Clock (setting the MDC bit),
+     * and then reading the value of the MDIO bit.
+     */
+    ctrl = er32(CTRL);
+
+    /* Clear MDIO_DIR (SWDPIO1) to indicate this bit is to be used as input. */
+    ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_MDIO_DIR;
+    ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_MDIO;
+
+    ew32(CTRL, ctrl);
+    E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+
+    /* Raise and Lower the clock before reading in the data. This accounts for
+     * the turnaround bits. The first clock occurred when we clocked out the
+     * last bit of the Register Address.
+     */
+    e1000_raise_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
+    e1000_lower_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
+
+    for (data = 0, i = 0; i < 16; i++) {
+        data = data << 1;
+        e1000_raise_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
+        ctrl = er32(CTRL);
+        /* Check to see if we shifted in a "1". */
+        if (ctrl & E1000_CTRL_MDIO)
+            data |= 1;
+        e1000_lower_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
+    }
+
+    e1000_raise_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
+    e1000_lower_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
+
+    return data;
+}
+
+static s32 e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 mask)
+{
+    u32 swfw_sync = 0;
+    u32 swmask = mask;
+    u32 fwmask = mask << 16;
+    s32 timeout = 200;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_swfw_sync_acquire");
+
+    if (hw->swfwhw_semaphore_present)
+        return e1000_get_software_flag(hw);
+
+    if (!hw->swfw_sync_present)
+        return e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);
+
+    while (timeout) {
+            if (e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw))
+                return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
+
+            swfw_sync = er32(SW_FW_SYNC);
+            if (!(swfw_sync & (fwmask | swmask))) {
+                break;
+            }
+
+            /* firmware currently using resource (fwmask) */
+            /* or other software thread currently using resource (swmask) */
+            e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);
+            mdelay(5);
+            timeout--;
+    }
+
+    if (!timeout) {
+        DEBUGOUT("Driver can't access resource, SW_FW_SYNC timeout.\n");
+        return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
+    }
+
+    swfw_sync |= swmask;
+    ew32(SW_FW_SYNC, swfw_sync);
+
+    e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+static void e1000_swfw_sync_release(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 mask)
+{
+    u32 swfw_sync;
+    u32 swmask = mask;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_swfw_sync_release");
+
+    if (hw->swfwhw_semaphore_present) {
+        e1000_release_software_flag(hw);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    if (!hw->swfw_sync_present) {
+        e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    /* if (e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw))
+     *    return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC; */
+    while (e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw) != E1000_SUCCESS);
+        /* empty */
+
+    swfw_sync = er32(SW_FW_SYNC);
+    swfw_sync &= ~swmask;
+    ew32(SW_FW_SYNC, swfw_sync);
+
+    e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+* Reads the value from a PHY register, if the value is on a specific non zero
+* page, sets the page first.
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+* reg_addr - address of the PHY register to read
+******************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_read_phy_reg(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 reg_addr, u16 *phy_data)
+{
+    u32 ret_val;
+    u16 swfw;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_phy_reg");
+
+    if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) &&
+        (er32(STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)) {
+        swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY1_SM;
+    } else {
+        swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY0_SM;
+    }
+    if (e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(hw, swfw))
+        return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
+
+    if ((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
+        hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3 ||
+        hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2) &&
+       (reg_addr > MAX_PHY_MULTI_PAGE_REG)) {
+        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT,
+                                         (u16)reg_addr);
+        if (ret_val) {
+            e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
+            return ret_val;
+        }
+    } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563) {
+        if (((reg_addr & MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS) > MAX_PHY_MULTI_PAGE_REG) ||
+            (hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan)) {
+            /* Select Configuration Page */
+            if ((reg_addr & MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS) < GG82563_MIN_ALT_REG) {
+                ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, GG82563_PHY_PAGE_SELECT,
+                          (u16)((u16)reg_addr >> GG82563_PAGE_SHIFT));
+            } else {
+                /* Use Alternative Page Select register to access
+                 * registers 30 and 31
+                 */
+                ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw,
+                                                 GG82563_PHY_PAGE_SELECT_ALT,
+                          (u16)((u16)reg_addr >> GG82563_PAGE_SHIFT));
+            }
+
+            if (ret_val) {
+                e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
+                return ret_val;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg_ex(hw, MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS & reg_addr,
+                                    phy_data);
+
+    e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
+    return ret_val;
+}
+
+static s32 e1000_read_phy_reg_ex(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 reg_addr,
+				 u16 *phy_data)
+{
+    u32 i;
+    u32 mdic = 0;
+    const u32 phy_addr = 1;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_phy_reg_ex");
+
+    if (reg_addr > MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS) {
+        DEBUGOUT1("PHY Address %d is out of range\n", reg_addr);
+        return -E1000_ERR_PARAM;
+    }
+
+    if (hw->mac_type > e1000_82543) {
+        /* Set up Op-code, Phy Address, and register address in the MDI
+         * Control register.  The MAC will take care of interfacing with the
+         * PHY to retrieve the desired data.
+         */
+        mdic = ((reg_addr << E1000_MDIC_REG_SHIFT) |
+                (phy_addr << E1000_MDIC_PHY_SHIFT) |
+                (E1000_MDIC_OP_READ));
+
+        ew32(MDIC, mdic);
+
+        /* Poll the ready bit to see if the MDI read completed */
+        for (i = 0; i < 64; i++) {
+            udelay(50);
+            mdic = er32(MDIC);
+            if (mdic & E1000_MDIC_READY) break;
+        }
+        if (!(mdic & E1000_MDIC_READY)) {
+            DEBUGOUT("MDI Read did not complete\n");
+            return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
+        }
+        if (mdic & E1000_MDIC_ERROR) {
+            DEBUGOUT("MDI Error\n");
+            return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
+        }
+        *phy_data = (u16)mdic;
+    } else {
+        /* We must first send a preamble through the MDIO pin to signal the
+         * beginning of an MII instruction.  This is done by sending 32
+         * consecutive "1" bits.
+         */
+        e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(hw, PHY_PREAMBLE, PHY_PREAMBLE_SIZE);
+
+        /* Now combine the next few fields that are required for a read
+         * operation.  We use this method instead of calling the
+         * e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits routine five different times. The format of
+         * a MII read instruction consists of a shift out of 14 bits and is
+         * defined as follows:
+         *    <Preamble><SOF><Op Code><Phy Addr><Reg Addr>
+         * followed by a shift in of 18 bits.  This first two bits shifted in
+         * are TurnAround bits used to avoid contention on the MDIO pin when a
+         * READ operation is performed.  These two bits are thrown away
+         * followed by a shift in of 16 bits which contains the desired data.
+         */
+        mdic = ((reg_addr) | (phy_addr << 5) |
+                (PHY_OP_READ << 10) | (PHY_SOF << 12));
+
+        e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(hw, mdic, 14);
+
+        /* Now that we've shifted out the read command to the MII, we need to
+         * "shift in" the 16-bit value (18 total bits) of the requested PHY
+         * register address.
+         */
+        *phy_data = e1000_shift_in_mdi_bits(hw);
+    }
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Writes a value to a PHY register
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+* reg_addr - address of the PHY register to write
+* data - data to write to the PHY
+******************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_write_phy_reg(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 reg_addr, u16 phy_data)
+{
+    u32 ret_val;
+    u16 swfw;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_phy_reg");
+
+    if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) &&
+        (er32(STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)) {
+        swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY1_SM;
+    } else {
+        swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY0_SM;
+    }
+    if (e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(hw, swfw))
+        return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
+
+    if ((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
+        hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3 ||
+        hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2) &&
+       (reg_addr > MAX_PHY_MULTI_PAGE_REG)) {
+        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT,
+                                         (u16)reg_addr);
+        if (ret_val) {
+            e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
+            return ret_val;
+        }
+    } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563) {
+        if (((reg_addr & MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS) > MAX_PHY_MULTI_PAGE_REG) ||
+            (hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan)) {
+            /* Select Configuration Page */
+            if ((reg_addr & MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS) < GG82563_MIN_ALT_REG) {
+                ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, GG82563_PHY_PAGE_SELECT,
+                          (u16)((u16)reg_addr >> GG82563_PAGE_SHIFT));
+            } else {
+                /* Use Alternative Page Select register to access
+                 * registers 30 and 31
+                 */
+                ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw,
+                                                 GG82563_PHY_PAGE_SELECT_ALT,
+                          (u16)((u16)reg_addr >> GG82563_PAGE_SHIFT));
+            }
+
+            if (ret_val) {
+                e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
+                return ret_val;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS & reg_addr,
+                                     phy_data);
+
+    e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
+    return ret_val;
+}
+
+static s32 e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 reg_addr,
+				  u16 phy_data)
+{
+    u32 i;
+    u32 mdic = 0;
+    const u32 phy_addr = 1;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_phy_reg_ex");
+
+    if (reg_addr > MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS) {
+        DEBUGOUT1("PHY Address %d is out of range\n", reg_addr);
+        return -E1000_ERR_PARAM;
+    }
+
+    if (hw->mac_type > e1000_82543) {
+        /* Set up Op-code, Phy Address, register address, and data intended
+         * for the PHY register in the MDI Control register.  The MAC will take
+         * care of interfacing with the PHY to send the desired data.
+         */
+        mdic = (((u32)phy_data) |
+                (reg_addr << E1000_MDIC_REG_SHIFT) |
+                (phy_addr << E1000_MDIC_PHY_SHIFT) |
+                (E1000_MDIC_OP_WRITE));
+
+        ew32(MDIC, mdic);
+
+        /* Poll the ready bit to see if the MDI read completed */
+        for (i = 0; i < 641; i++) {
+            udelay(5);
+            mdic = er32(MDIC);
+            if (mdic & E1000_MDIC_READY) break;
+        }
+        if (!(mdic & E1000_MDIC_READY)) {
+            DEBUGOUT("MDI Write did not complete\n");
+            return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
+        }
+    } else {
+        /* We'll need to use the SW defined pins to shift the write command
+         * out to the PHY. We first send a preamble to the PHY to signal the
+         * beginning of the MII instruction.  This is done by sending 32
+         * consecutive "1" bits.
+         */
+        e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(hw, PHY_PREAMBLE, PHY_PREAMBLE_SIZE);
+
+        /* Now combine the remaining required fields that will indicate a
+         * write operation. We use this method instead of calling the
+         * e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits routine for each field in the command. The
+         * format of a MII write instruction is as follows:
+         * <Preamble><SOF><Op Code><Phy Addr><Reg Addr><Turnaround><Data>.
+         */
+        mdic = ((PHY_TURNAROUND) | (reg_addr << 2) | (phy_addr << 7) |
+                (PHY_OP_WRITE << 12) | (PHY_SOF << 14));
+        mdic <<= 16;
+        mdic |= (u32)phy_data;
+
+        e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(hw, mdic, 32);
+    }
+
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+static s32 e1000_read_kmrn_reg(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 reg_addr, u16 *data)
+{
+    u32 reg_val;
+    u16 swfw;
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_kmrn_reg");
+
+    if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) &&
+        (er32(STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)) {
+        swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY1_SM;
+    } else {
+        swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY0_SM;
+    }
+    if (e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(hw, swfw))
+        return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
+
+    /* Write register address */
+    reg_val = ((reg_addr << E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET_SHIFT) &
+              E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET) |
+              E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_REN;
+    ew32(KUMCTRLSTA, reg_val);
+    udelay(2);
+
+    /* Read the data returned */
+    reg_val = er32(KUMCTRLSTA);
+    *data = (u16)reg_val;
+
+    e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+static s32 e1000_write_kmrn_reg(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 reg_addr, u16 data)
+{
+    u32 reg_val;
+    u16 swfw;
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_kmrn_reg");
+
+    if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) &&
+        (er32(STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)) {
+        swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY1_SM;
+    } else {
+        swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY0_SM;
+    }
+    if (e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(hw, swfw))
+        return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
+
+    reg_val = ((reg_addr << E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET_SHIFT) &
+              E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET) | data;
+    ew32(KUMCTRLSTA, reg_val);
+    udelay(2);
+
+    e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Returns the PHY to the power-on reset state
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+******************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_phy_hw_reset(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    u32 ctrl, ctrl_ext;
+    u32 led_ctrl;
+    s32 ret_val;
+    u16 swfw;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_hw_reset");
+
+    /* In the case of the phy reset being blocked, it's not an error, we
+     * simply return success without performing the reset. */
+    ret_val = e1000_check_phy_reset_block(hw);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return E1000_SUCCESS;
+
+    DEBUGOUT("Resetting Phy...\n");
+
+    if (hw->mac_type > e1000_82543) {
+        if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) &&
+            (er32(STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)) {
+            swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY1_SM;
+        } else {
+            swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY0_SM;
+        }
+        if (e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(hw, swfw)) {
+            DEBUGOUT("Unable to acquire swfw sync\n");
+            return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
+        }
+        /* Read the device control register and assert the E1000_CTRL_PHY_RST
+         * bit. Then, take it out of reset.
+         * For pre-e1000_82571 hardware, we delay for 10ms between the assert
+         * and deassert.  For e1000_82571 hardware and later, we instead delay
+         * for 50us between and 10ms after the deassertion.
+         */
+        ctrl = er32(CTRL);
+        ew32(CTRL, ctrl | E1000_CTRL_PHY_RST);
+        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+
+        if (hw->mac_type < e1000_82571)
+            msleep(10);
+        else
+            udelay(100);
+
+        ew32(CTRL, ctrl);
+        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+
+        if (hw->mac_type >= e1000_82571)
+            mdelay(10);
+
+        e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
+    } else {
+        /* Read the Extended Device Control Register, assert the PHY_RESET_DIR
+         * bit to put the PHY into reset. Then, take it out of reset.
+         */
+        ctrl_ext = er32(CTRL_EXT);
+        ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_SDP4_DIR;
+        ctrl_ext &= ~E1000_CTRL_EXT_SDP4_DATA;
+        ew32(CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
+        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+        msleep(10);
+        ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_SDP4_DATA;
+        ew32(CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
+        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+    }
+    udelay(150);
+
+    if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82541) || (hw->mac_type == e1000_82547)) {
+        /* Configure activity LED after PHY reset */
+        led_ctrl = er32(LEDCTL);
+        led_ctrl &= IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_MASK;
+        led_ctrl |= (IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_ENABLE | IGP_LED3_MODE);
+        ew32(LEDCTL, led_ctrl);
+    }
+
+    /* Wait for FW to finish PHY configuration. */
+    ret_val = e1000_get_phy_cfg_done(hw);
+    if (ret_val != E1000_SUCCESS)
+        return ret_val;
+    e1000_release_software_semaphore(hw);
+
+    if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) && (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3))
+        ret_val = e1000_init_lcd_from_nvm(hw);
+
+    return ret_val;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Resets the PHY
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+*
+* Sets bit 15 of the MII Control register
+******************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_phy_reset(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    s32 ret_val;
+    u16 phy_data;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_reset");
+
+    /* In the case of the phy reset being blocked, it's not an error, we
+     * simply return success without performing the reset. */
+    ret_val = e1000_check_phy_reset_block(hw);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return E1000_SUCCESS;
+
+    switch (hw->phy_type) {
+    case e1000_phy_igp:
+    case e1000_phy_igp_2:
+    case e1000_phy_igp_3:
+    case e1000_phy_ife:
+        ret_val = e1000_phy_hw_reset(hw);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+        break;
+    default:
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, &phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+
+        phy_data |= MII_CR_RESET;
+        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+
+        udelay(1);
+        break;
+    }
+
+    if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp || hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2)
+        e1000_phy_init_script(hw);
+
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Work-around for 82566 power-down: on D3 entry-
+* 1) disable gigabit link
+* 2) write VR power-down enable
+* 3) read it back
+* if successful continue, else issue LCD reset and repeat
+*
+* hw - struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+******************************************************************************/
+void e1000_phy_powerdown_workaround(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    s32 reg;
+    u16 phy_data;
+    s32 retry = 0;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_powerdown_workaround");
+
+    if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_igp_3)
+        return;
+
+    do {
+        /* Disable link */
+        reg = er32(PHY_CTRL);
+        ew32(PHY_CTRL, reg | E1000_PHY_CTRL_GBE_DISABLE |
+                        E1000_PHY_CTRL_NOND0A_GBE_DISABLE);
+
+        /* Write VR power-down enable - bits 9:8 should be 10b */
+        e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP3_VR_CTRL, &phy_data);
+        phy_data |= (1 << 9);
+        phy_data &= ~(1 << 8);
+        e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP3_VR_CTRL, phy_data);
+
+        /* Read it back and test */
+        e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP3_VR_CTRL, &phy_data);
+        if (((phy_data & IGP3_VR_CTRL_MODE_MASK) == IGP3_VR_CTRL_MODE_SHUT) || retry)
+            break;
+
+        /* Issue PHY reset and repeat at most one more time */
+        reg = er32(CTRL);
+        ew32(CTRL, reg | E1000_CTRL_PHY_RST);
+        retry++;
+    } while (retry);
+
+    return;
+
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Work-around for 82566 Kumeran PCS lock loss:
+* On link status change (i.e. PCI reset, speed change) and link is up and
+* speed is gigabit-
+* 0) if workaround is optionally disabled do nothing
+* 1) wait 1ms for Kumeran link to come up
+* 2) check Kumeran Diagnostic register PCS lock loss bit
+* 3) if not set the link is locked (all is good), otherwise...
+* 4) reset the PHY
+* 5) repeat up to 10 times
+* Note: this is only called for IGP3 copper when speed is 1gb.
+*
+* hw - struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+******************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_kumeran_lock_loss_workaround(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    s32 ret_val;
+    s32 reg;
+    s32 cnt;
+    u16 phy_data;
+
+    if (hw->kmrn_lock_loss_workaround_disabled)
+        return E1000_SUCCESS;
+
+    /* Make sure link is up before proceeding.  If not just return.
+     * Attempting this while link is negotiating fouled up link
+     * stability */
+    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
+    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
+
+    if (phy_data & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) {
+        for (cnt = 0; cnt < 10; cnt++) {
+            /* read once to clear */
+            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP3_KMRN_DIAG, &phy_data);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+            /* and again to get new status */
+            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP3_KMRN_DIAG, &phy_data);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+
+            /* check for PCS lock */
+            if (!(phy_data & IGP3_KMRN_DIAG_PCS_LOCK_LOSS))
+                return E1000_SUCCESS;
+
+            /* Issue PHY reset */
+            e1000_phy_hw_reset(hw);
+            mdelay(5);
+        }
+        /* Disable GigE link negotiation */
+        reg = er32(PHY_CTRL);
+        ew32(PHY_CTRL, reg | E1000_PHY_CTRL_GBE_DISABLE |
+                        E1000_PHY_CTRL_NOND0A_GBE_DISABLE);
+
+        /* unable to acquire PCS lock */
+        return E1000_ERR_PHY;
+    }
+
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Probes the expected PHY address for known PHY IDs
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+******************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_detect_gig_phy(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    s32 phy_init_status, ret_val;
+    u16 phy_id_high, phy_id_low;
+    bool match = false;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_detect_gig_phy");
+
+    if (hw->phy_id != 0)
+        return E1000_SUCCESS;
+
+    /* The 82571 firmware may still be configuring the PHY.  In this
+     * case, we cannot access the PHY until the configuration is done.  So
+     * we explicitly set the PHY values. */
+    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82571 ||
+        hw->mac_type == e1000_82572) {
+        hw->phy_id = IGP01E1000_I_PHY_ID;
+        hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_igp_2;
+        return E1000_SUCCESS;
+    }
+
+    /* ESB-2 PHY reads require e1000_phy_gg82563 to be set because of a work-
+     * around that forces PHY page 0 to be set or the reads fail.  The rest of
+     * the code in this routine uses e1000_read_phy_reg to read the PHY ID.
+     * So for ESB-2 we need to have this set so our reads won't fail.  If the
+     * attached PHY is not a e1000_phy_gg82563, the routines below will figure
+     * this out as well. */
+    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan)
+        hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_gg82563;
+
+    /* Read the PHY ID Registers to identify which PHY is onboard. */
+    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_ID1, &phy_id_high);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+
+    hw->phy_id = (u32)(phy_id_high << 16);
+    udelay(20);
+    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_ID2, &phy_id_low);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+
+    hw->phy_id |= (u32)(phy_id_low & PHY_REVISION_MASK);
+    hw->phy_revision = (u32)phy_id_low & ~PHY_REVISION_MASK;
+
+    switch (hw->mac_type) {
+    case e1000_82543:
+        if (hw->phy_id == M88E1000_E_PHY_ID) match = true;
+        break;
+    case e1000_82544:
+        if (hw->phy_id == M88E1000_I_PHY_ID) match = true;
+        break;
+    case e1000_82540:
+    case e1000_82545:
+    case e1000_82545_rev_3:
+    case e1000_82546:
+    case e1000_82546_rev_3:
+        if (hw->phy_id == M88E1011_I_PHY_ID) match = true;
+        break;
+    case e1000_82541:
+    case e1000_82541_rev_2:
+    case e1000_82547:
+    case e1000_82547_rev_2:
+        if (hw->phy_id == IGP01E1000_I_PHY_ID) match = true;
+        break;
+    case e1000_82573:
+        if (hw->phy_id == M88E1111_I_PHY_ID) match = true;
+        break;
+    case e1000_80003es2lan:
+        if (hw->phy_id == GG82563_E_PHY_ID) match = true;
+        break;
+    case e1000_ich8lan:
+        if (hw->phy_id == IGP03E1000_E_PHY_ID) match = true;
+        if (hw->phy_id == IFE_E_PHY_ID) match = true;
+        if (hw->phy_id == IFE_PLUS_E_PHY_ID) match = true;
+        if (hw->phy_id == IFE_C_E_PHY_ID) match = true;
+        break;
+    default:
+        DEBUGOUT1("Invalid MAC type %d\n", hw->mac_type);
+        return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
+    }
+    phy_init_status = e1000_set_phy_type(hw);
+
+    if ((match) && (phy_init_status == E1000_SUCCESS)) {
+        DEBUGOUT1("PHY ID 0x%X detected\n", hw->phy_id);
+        return E1000_SUCCESS;
+    }
+    DEBUGOUT1("Invalid PHY ID 0x%X\n", hw->phy_id);
+    return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Resets the PHY's DSP
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+******************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_phy_reset_dsp(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    s32 ret_val;
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_reset_dsp");
+
+    do {
+        if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_gg82563) {
+            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 29, 0x001d);
+            if (ret_val) break;
+        }
+        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 30, 0x00c1);
+        if (ret_val) break;
+        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 30, 0x0000);
+        if (ret_val) break;
+        ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
+    } while (0);
+
+    return ret_val;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Get PHY information from various PHY registers for igp PHY only.
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+* phy_info - PHY information structure
+******************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_phy_igp_get_info(struct e1000_hw *hw,
+				  struct e1000_phy_info *phy_info)
+{
+    s32 ret_val;
+    u16 phy_data, min_length, max_length, average;
+    e1000_rev_polarity polarity;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_igp_get_info");
+
+    /* The downshift status is checked only once, after link is established,
+     * and it stored in the hw->speed_downgraded parameter. */
+    phy_info->downshift = (e1000_downshift)hw->speed_downgraded;
+
+    /* IGP01E1000 does not need to support it. */
+    phy_info->extended_10bt_distance = e1000_10bt_ext_dist_enable_normal;
+
+    /* IGP01E1000 always correct polarity reversal */
+    phy_info->polarity_correction = e1000_polarity_reversal_enabled;
+
+    /* Check polarity status */
+    ret_val = e1000_check_polarity(hw, &polarity);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+
+    phy_info->cable_polarity = polarity;
+
+    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_STATUS, &phy_data);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+
+    phy_info->mdix_mode = (e1000_auto_x_mode)((phy_data & IGP01E1000_PSSR_MDIX) >>
+                          IGP01E1000_PSSR_MDIX_SHIFT);
+
+    if ((phy_data & IGP01E1000_PSSR_SPEED_MASK) ==
+       IGP01E1000_PSSR_SPEED_1000MBPS) {
+        /* Local/Remote Receiver Information are only valid at 1000 Mbps */
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_STATUS, &phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+
+        phy_info->local_rx = ((phy_data & SR_1000T_LOCAL_RX_STATUS) >>
+                             SR_1000T_LOCAL_RX_STATUS_SHIFT) ?
+                             e1000_1000t_rx_status_ok : e1000_1000t_rx_status_not_ok;
+        phy_info->remote_rx = ((phy_data & SR_1000T_REMOTE_RX_STATUS) >>
+                              SR_1000T_REMOTE_RX_STATUS_SHIFT) ?
+                              e1000_1000t_rx_status_ok : e1000_1000t_rx_status_not_ok;
+
+        /* Get cable length */
+        ret_val = e1000_get_cable_length(hw, &min_length, &max_length);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+
+        /* Translate to old method */
+        average = (max_length + min_length) / 2;
+
+        if (average <= e1000_igp_cable_length_50)
+            phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_50;
+        else if (average <= e1000_igp_cable_length_80)
+            phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_50_80;
+        else if (average <= e1000_igp_cable_length_110)
+            phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_80_110;
+        else if (average <= e1000_igp_cable_length_140)
+            phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_110_140;
+        else
+            phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_140;
+    }
+
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Get PHY information from various PHY registers for ife PHY only.
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+* phy_info - PHY information structure
+******************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_phy_ife_get_info(struct e1000_hw *hw,
+				  struct e1000_phy_info *phy_info)
+{
+    s32 ret_val;
+    u16 phy_data;
+    e1000_rev_polarity polarity;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_ife_get_info");
+
+    phy_info->downshift = (e1000_downshift)hw->speed_downgraded;
+    phy_info->extended_10bt_distance = e1000_10bt_ext_dist_enable_normal;
+
+    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_SPECIAL_CONTROL, &phy_data);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+    phy_info->polarity_correction =
+                        ((phy_data & IFE_PSC_AUTO_POLARITY_DISABLE) >>
+                        IFE_PSC_AUTO_POLARITY_DISABLE_SHIFT) ?
+                        e1000_polarity_reversal_disabled : e1000_polarity_reversal_enabled;
+
+    if (phy_info->polarity_correction == e1000_polarity_reversal_enabled) {
+        ret_val = e1000_check_polarity(hw, &polarity);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+    } else {
+        /* Polarity is forced. */
+        polarity = ((phy_data & IFE_PSC_FORCE_POLARITY) >>
+                     IFE_PSC_FORCE_POLARITY_SHIFT) ?
+                     e1000_rev_polarity_reversed : e1000_rev_polarity_normal;
+    }
+    phy_info->cable_polarity = polarity;
+
+    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_MDIX_CONTROL, &phy_data);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+
+    phy_info->mdix_mode = (e1000_auto_x_mode)
+                     ((phy_data & (IFE_PMC_AUTO_MDIX | IFE_PMC_FORCE_MDIX)) >>
+                     IFE_PMC_MDIX_MODE_SHIFT);
+
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Get PHY information from various PHY registers fot m88 PHY only.
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+* phy_info - PHY information structure
+******************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_phy_m88_get_info(struct e1000_hw *hw,
+				  struct e1000_phy_info *phy_info)
+{
+    s32 ret_val;
+    u16 phy_data;
+    e1000_rev_polarity polarity;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_m88_get_info");
+
+    /* The downshift status is checked only once, after link is established,
+     * and it stored in the hw->speed_downgraded parameter. */
+    phy_info->downshift = (e1000_downshift)hw->speed_downgraded;
+
+    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+
+    phy_info->extended_10bt_distance =
+        ((phy_data & M88E1000_PSCR_10BT_EXT_DIST_ENABLE) >>
+        M88E1000_PSCR_10BT_EXT_DIST_ENABLE_SHIFT) ?
+        e1000_10bt_ext_dist_enable_lower : e1000_10bt_ext_dist_enable_normal;
+
+    phy_info->polarity_correction =
+        ((phy_data & M88E1000_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL) >>
+        M88E1000_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL_SHIFT) ?
+        e1000_polarity_reversal_disabled : e1000_polarity_reversal_enabled;
+
+    /* Check polarity status */
+    ret_val = e1000_check_polarity(hw, &polarity);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+    phy_info->cable_polarity = polarity;
+
+    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS, &phy_data);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+
+    phy_info->mdix_mode = (e1000_auto_x_mode)((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_MDIX) >>
+                          M88E1000_PSSR_MDIX_SHIFT);
+
+    if ((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_SPEED) == M88E1000_PSSR_1000MBS) {
+        /* Cable Length Estimation and Local/Remote Receiver Information
+         * are only valid at 1000 Mbps.
+         */
+        if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_gg82563) {
+            phy_info->cable_length = (e1000_cable_length)((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_CABLE_LENGTH) >>
+                                      M88E1000_PSSR_CABLE_LENGTH_SHIFT);
+        } else {
+            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_DSP_DISTANCE,
+                                         &phy_data);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+
+            phy_info->cable_length = (e1000_cable_length)(phy_data & GG82563_DSPD_CABLE_LENGTH);
+        }
+
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_STATUS, &phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+
+        phy_info->local_rx = ((phy_data & SR_1000T_LOCAL_RX_STATUS) >>
+                             SR_1000T_LOCAL_RX_STATUS_SHIFT) ?
+                             e1000_1000t_rx_status_ok : e1000_1000t_rx_status_not_ok;
+        phy_info->remote_rx = ((phy_data & SR_1000T_REMOTE_RX_STATUS) >>
+                              SR_1000T_REMOTE_RX_STATUS_SHIFT) ?
+                              e1000_1000t_rx_status_ok : e1000_1000t_rx_status_not_ok;
+
+    }
+
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Get PHY information from various PHY registers
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+* phy_info - PHY information structure
+******************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_phy_get_info(struct e1000_hw *hw, struct e1000_phy_info *phy_info)
+{
+    s32 ret_val;
+    u16 phy_data;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_get_info");
+
+    phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_undefined;
+    phy_info->extended_10bt_distance = e1000_10bt_ext_dist_enable_undefined;
+    phy_info->cable_polarity = e1000_rev_polarity_undefined;
+    phy_info->downshift = e1000_downshift_undefined;
+    phy_info->polarity_correction = e1000_polarity_reversal_undefined;
+    phy_info->mdix_mode = e1000_auto_x_mode_undefined;
+    phy_info->local_rx = e1000_1000t_rx_status_undefined;
+    phy_info->remote_rx = e1000_1000t_rx_status_undefined;
+
+    if (hw->media_type != e1000_media_type_copper) {
+        DEBUGOUT("PHY info is only valid for copper media\n");
+        return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
+    }
+
+    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+
+    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+
+    if ((phy_data & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) != MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) {
+        DEBUGOUT("PHY info is only valid if link is up\n");
+        return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
+    }
+
+    if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
+        hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3 ||
+        hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2)
+        return e1000_phy_igp_get_info(hw, phy_info);
+    else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife)
+        return e1000_phy_ife_get_info(hw, phy_info);
+    else
+        return e1000_phy_m88_get_info(hw, phy_info);
+}
+
+s32 e1000_validate_mdi_setting(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_validate_mdi_settings");
+
+    if (!hw->autoneg && (hw->mdix == 0 || hw->mdix == 3)) {
+        DEBUGOUT("Invalid MDI setting detected\n");
+        hw->mdix = 1;
+        return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
+    }
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Sets up eeprom variables in the hw struct.  Must be called after mac_type
+ * is configured.  Additionally, if this is ICH8, the flash controller GbE
+ * registers must be mapped, or this will crash.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *****************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_init_eeprom_params(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
+    u32 eecd = er32(EECD);
+    s32 ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
+    u16 eeprom_size;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_init_eeprom_params");
+
+    switch (hw->mac_type) {
+    case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
+    case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
+    case e1000_82543:
+    case e1000_82544:
+        eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_microwire;
+        eeprom->word_size = 64;
+        eeprom->opcode_bits = 3;
+        eeprom->address_bits = 6;
+        eeprom->delay_usec = 50;
+        eeprom->use_eerd = false;
+        eeprom->use_eewr = false;
+        break;
+    case e1000_82540:
+    case e1000_82545:
+    case e1000_82545_rev_3:
+    case e1000_82546:
+    case e1000_82546_rev_3:
+        eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_microwire;
+        eeprom->opcode_bits = 3;
+        eeprom->delay_usec = 50;
+        if (eecd & E1000_EECD_SIZE) {
+            eeprom->word_size = 256;
+            eeprom->address_bits = 8;
+        } else {
+            eeprom->word_size = 64;
+            eeprom->address_bits = 6;
+        }
+        eeprom->use_eerd = false;
+        eeprom->use_eewr = false;
+        break;
+    case e1000_82541:
+    case e1000_82541_rev_2:
+    case e1000_82547:
+    case e1000_82547_rev_2:
+        if (eecd & E1000_EECD_TYPE) {
+            eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_spi;
+            eeprom->opcode_bits = 8;
+            eeprom->delay_usec = 1;
+            if (eecd & E1000_EECD_ADDR_BITS) {
+                eeprom->page_size = 32;
+                eeprom->address_bits = 16;
+            } else {
+                eeprom->page_size = 8;
+                eeprom->address_bits = 8;
+            }
+        } else {
+            eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_microwire;
+            eeprom->opcode_bits = 3;
+            eeprom->delay_usec = 50;
+            if (eecd & E1000_EECD_ADDR_BITS) {
+                eeprom->word_size = 256;
+                eeprom->address_bits = 8;
+            } else {
+                eeprom->word_size = 64;
+                eeprom->address_bits = 6;
+            }
+        }
+        eeprom->use_eerd = false;
+        eeprom->use_eewr = false;
+        break;
+    case e1000_82571:
+    case e1000_82572:
+        eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_spi;
+        eeprom->opcode_bits = 8;
+        eeprom->delay_usec = 1;
+        if (eecd & E1000_EECD_ADDR_BITS) {
+            eeprom->page_size = 32;
+            eeprom->address_bits = 16;
+        } else {
+            eeprom->page_size = 8;
+            eeprom->address_bits = 8;
+        }
+        eeprom->use_eerd = false;
+        eeprom->use_eewr = false;
+        break;
+    case e1000_82573:
+        eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_spi;
+        eeprom->opcode_bits = 8;
+        eeprom->delay_usec = 1;
+        if (eecd & E1000_EECD_ADDR_BITS) {
+            eeprom->page_size = 32;
+            eeprom->address_bits = 16;
+        } else {
+            eeprom->page_size = 8;
+            eeprom->address_bits = 8;
+        }
+        eeprom->use_eerd = true;
+        eeprom->use_eewr = true;
+        if (!e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(hw)) {
+            eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_flash;
+            eeprom->word_size = 2048;
+
+            /* Ensure that the Autonomous FLASH update bit is cleared due to
+             * Flash update issue on parts which use a FLASH for NVM. */
+            eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_AUPDEN;
+            ew32(EECD, eecd);
+        }
+        break;
+    case e1000_80003es2lan:
+        eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_spi;
+        eeprom->opcode_bits = 8;
+        eeprom->delay_usec = 1;
+        if (eecd & E1000_EECD_ADDR_BITS) {
+            eeprom->page_size = 32;
+            eeprom->address_bits = 16;
+        } else {
+            eeprom->page_size = 8;
+            eeprom->address_bits = 8;
+        }
+        eeprom->use_eerd = true;
+        eeprom->use_eewr = false;
+        break;
+    case e1000_ich8lan:
+        {
+        s32  i = 0;
+        u32 flash_size = E1000_READ_ICH_FLASH_REG(hw, ICH_FLASH_GFPREG);
+
+        eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_ich8;
+        eeprom->use_eerd = false;
+        eeprom->use_eewr = false;
+        eeprom->word_size = E1000_SHADOW_RAM_WORDS;
+
+        /* Zero the shadow RAM structure. But don't load it from NVM
+         * so as to save time for driver init */
+        if (hw->eeprom_shadow_ram != NULL) {
+            for (i = 0; i < E1000_SHADOW_RAM_WORDS; i++) {
+                hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[i].modified = false;
+                hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[i].eeprom_word = 0xFFFF;
+            }
+        }
+
+        hw->flash_base_addr = (flash_size & ICH_GFPREG_BASE_MASK) *
+                              ICH_FLASH_SECTOR_SIZE;
+
+        hw->flash_bank_size = ((flash_size >> 16) & ICH_GFPREG_BASE_MASK) + 1;
+        hw->flash_bank_size -= (flash_size & ICH_GFPREG_BASE_MASK);
+
+        hw->flash_bank_size *= ICH_FLASH_SECTOR_SIZE;
+
+        hw->flash_bank_size /= 2 * sizeof(u16);
+
+        break;
+        }
+    default:
+        break;
+    }
+
+    if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
+        /* eeprom_size will be an enum [0..8] that maps to eeprom sizes 128B to
+         * 32KB (incremented by powers of 2).
+         */
+        if (hw->mac_type <= e1000_82547_rev_2) {
+            /* Set to default value for initial eeprom read. */
+            eeprom->word_size = 64;
+            ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_CFG, 1, &eeprom_size);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+            eeprom_size = (eeprom_size & EEPROM_SIZE_MASK) >> EEPROM_SIZE_SHIFT;
+            /* 256B eeprom size was not supported in earlier hardware, so we
+             * bump eeprom_size up one to ensure that "1" (which maps to 256B)
+             * is never the result used in the shifting logic below. */
+            if (eeprom_size)
+                eeprom_size++;
+        } else {
+            eeprom_size = (u16)((eecd & E1000_EECD_SIZE_EX_MASK) >>
+                          E1000_EECD_SIZE_EX_SHIFT);
+        }
+
+        eeprom->word_size = 1 << (eeprom_size + EEPROM_WORD_SIZE_SHIFT);
+    }
+    return ret_val;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Raises the EEPROM's clock input.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * eecd - EECD's current value
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static void e1000_raise_ee_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 *eecd)
+{
+    /* Raise the clock input to the EEPROM (by setting the SK bit), and then
+     * wait <delay> microseconds.
+     */
+    *eecd = *eecd | E1000_EECD_SK;
+    ew32(EECD, *eecd);
+    E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+    udelay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Lowers the EEPROM's clock input.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * eecd - EECD's current value
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static void e1000_lower_ee_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 *eecd)
+{
+    /* Lower the clock input to the EEPROM (by clearing the SK bit), and then
+     * wait 50 microseconds.
+     */
+    *eecd = *eecd & ~E1000_EECD_SK;
+    ew32(EECD, *eecd);
+    E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+    udelay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Shift data bits out to the EEPROM.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * data - data to send to the EEPROM
+ * count - number of bits to shift out
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static void e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 data, u16 count)
+{
+    struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
+    u32 eecd;
+    u32 mask;
+
+    /* We need to shift "count" bits out to the EEPROM. So, value in the
+     * "data" parameter will be shifted out to the EEPROM one bit at a time.
+     * In order to do this, "data" must be broken down into bits.
+     */
+    mask = 0x01 << (count - 1);
+    eecd = er32(EECD);
+    if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
+        eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_DO;
+    } else if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
+        eecd |= E1000_EECD_DO;
+    }
+    do {
+        /* A "1" is shifted out to the EEPROM by setting bit "DI" to a "1",
+         * and then raising and then lowering the clock (the SK bit controls
+         * the clock input to the EEPROM).  A "0" is shifted out to the EEPROM
+         * by setting "DI" to "0" and then raising and then lowering the clock.
+         */
+        eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_DI;
+
+        if (data & mask)
+            eecd |= E1000_EECD_DI;
+
+        ew32(EECD, eecd);
+        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+
+        udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
+
+        e1000_raise_ee_clk(hw, &eecd);
+        e1000_lower_ee_clk(hw, &eecd);
+
+        mask = mask >> 1;
+
+    } while (mask);
+
+    /* We leave the "DI" bit set to "0" when we leave this routine. */
+    eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_DI;
+    ew32(EECD, eecd);
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Shift data bits in from the EEPROM
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static u16 e1000_shift_in_ee_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 count)
+{
+    u32 eecd;
+    u32 i;
+    u16 data;
+
+    /* In order to read a register from the EEPROM, we need to shift 'count'
+     * bits in from the EEPROM. Bits are "shifted in" by raising the clock
+     * input to the EEPROM (setting the SK bit), and then reading the value of
+     * the "DO" bit.  During this "shifting in" process the "DI" bit should
+     * always be clear.
+     */
+
+    eecd = er32(EECD);
+
+    eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_DO | E1000_EECD_DI);
+    data = 0;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+        data = data << 1;
+        e1000_raise_ee_clk(hw, &eecd);
+
+        eecd = er32(EECD);
+
+        eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_DI);
+        if (eecd & E1000_EECD_DO)
+            data |= 1;
+
+        e1000_lower_ee_clk(hw, &eecd);
+    }
+
+    return data;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Prepares EEPROM for access
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ * Lowers EEPROM clock. Clears input pin. Sets the chip select pin. This
+ * function should be called before issuing a command to the EEPROM.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_acquire_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
+    u32 eecd, i=0;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_acquire_eeprom");
+
+    if (e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(hw, E1000_SWFW_EEP_SM))
+        return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
+    eecd = er32(EECD);
+
+    if (hw->mac_type != e1000_82573) {
+        /* Request EEPROM Access */
+        if (hw->mac_type > e1000_82544) {
+            eecd |= E1000_EECD_REQ;
+            ew32(EECD, eecd);
+            eecd = er32(EECD);
+            while ((!(eecd & E1000_EECD_GNT)) &&
+                  (i < E1000_EEPROM_GRANT_ATTEMPTS)) {
+                i++;
+                udelay(5);
+                eecd = er32(EECD);
+            }
+            if (!(eecd & E1000_EECD_GNT)) {
+                eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_REQ;
+                ew32(EECD, eecd);
+                DEBUGOUT("Could not acquire EEPROM grant\n");
+                e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, E1000_SWFW_EEP_SM);
+                return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* Setup EEPROM for Read/Write */
+
+    if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
+        /* Clear SK and DI */
+        eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_DI | E1000_EECD_SK);
+        ew32(EECD, eecd);
+
+        /* Set CS */
+        eecd |= E1000_EECD_CS;
+        ew32(EECD, eecd);
+    } else if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
+        /* Clear SK and CS */
+        eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_CS | E1000_EECD_SK);
+        ew32(EECD, eecd);
+        udelay(1);
+    }
+
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Returns EEPROM to a "standby" state
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static void e1000_standby_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
+    u32 eecd;
+
+    eecd = er32(EECD);
+
+    if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
+        eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_CS | E1000_EECD_SK);
+        ew32(EECD, eecd);
+        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+        udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
+
+        /* Clock high */
+        eecd |= E1000_EECD_SK;
+        ew32(EECD, eecd);
+        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+        udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
+
+        /* Select EEPROM */
+        eecd |= E1000_EECD_CS;
+        ew32(EECD, eecd);
+        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+        udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
+
+        /* Clock low */
+        eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_SK;
+        ew32(EECD, eecd);
+        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+        udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
+    } else if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
+        /* Toggle CS to flush commands */
+        eecd |= E1000_EECD_CS;
+        ew32(EECD, eecd);
+        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+        udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
+        eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_CS;
+        ew32(EECD, eecd);
+        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+        udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
+    }
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Terminates a command by inverting the EEPROM's chip select pin
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static void e1000_release_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    u32 eecd;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_release_eeprom");
+
+    eecd = er32(EECD);
+
+    if (hw->eeprom.type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
+        eecd |= E1000_EECD_CS;  /* Pull CS high */
+        eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_SK; /* Lower SCK */
+
+        ew32(EECD, eecd);
+
+        udelay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);
+    } else if (hw->eeprom.type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
+        /* cleanup eeprom */
+
+        /* CS on Microwire is active-high */
+        eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_CS | E1000_EECD_DI);
+
+        ew32(EECD, eecd);
+
+        /* Rising edge of clock */
+        eecd |= E1000_EECD_SK;
+        ew32(EECD, eecd);
+        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+        udelay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);
+
+        /* Falling edge of clock */
+        eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_SK;
+        ew32(EECD, eecd);
+        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+        udelay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);
+    }
+
+    /* Stop requesting EEPROM access */
+    if (hw->mac_type > e1000_82544) {
+        eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_REQ;
+        ew32(EECD, eecd);
+    }
+
+    e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, E1000_SWFW_EEP_SM);
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Reads a 16 bit word from the EEPROM.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_spi_eeprom_ready(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    u16 retry_count = 0;
+    u8 spi_stat_reg;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_spi_eeprom_ready");
+
+    /* Read "Status Register" repeatedly until the LSB is cleared.  The
+     * EEPROM will signal that the command has been completed by clearing
+     * bit 0 of the internal status register.  If it's not cleared within
+     * 5 milliseconds, then error out.
+     */
+    retry_count = 0;
+    do {
+        e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_RDSR_OPCODE_SPI,
+                                hw->eeprom.opcode_bits);
+        spi_stat_reg = (u8)e1000_shift_in_ee_bits(hw, 8);
+        if (!(spi_stat_reg & EEPROM_STATUS_RDY_SPI))
+            break;
+
+        udelay(5);
+        retry_count += 5;
+
+        e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
+    } while (retry_count < EEPROM_MAX_RETRY_SPI);
+
+    /* ATMEL SPI write time could vary from 0-20mSec on 3.3V devices (and
+     * only 0-5mSec on 5V devices)
+     */
+    if (retry_count >= EEPROM_MAX_RETRY_SPI) {
+        DEBUGOUT("SPI EEPROM Status error\n");
+        return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+    }
+
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Reads a 16 bit word from the EEPROM.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * offset - offset of  word in the EEPROM to read
+ * data - word read from the EEPROM
+ * words - number of words to read
+ *****************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_read_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 offset, u16 words, u16 *data)
+{
+    s32 ret;
+    spin_lock(&e1000_eeprom_lock);
+    ret = e1000_do_read_eeprom(hw, offset, words, data);
+    spin_unlock(&e1000_eeprom_lock);
+    return ret;
+}
+
+static s32 e1000_do_read_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 offset, u16 words, u16 *data)
+{
+    struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
+    u32 i = 0;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_eeprom");
+
+    /* If eeprom is not yet detected, do so now */
+    if (eeprom->word_size == 0)
+        e1000_init_eeprom_params(hw);
+
+    /* A check for invalid values:  offset too large, too many words, and not
+     * enough words.
+     */
+    if ((offset >= eeprom->word_size) || (words > eeprom->word_size - offset) ||
+       (words == 0)) {
+        DEBUGOUT2("\"words\" parameter out of bounds. Words = %d, size = %d\n", offset, eeprom->word_size);
+        return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+    }
+
+    /* EEPROM's that don't use EERD to read require us to bit-bang the SPI
+     * directly. In this case, we need to acquire the EEPROM so that
+     * FW or other port software does not interrupt.
+     */
+    if (e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(hw) && !hw->eeprom.use_eerd) {
+        /* Prepare the EEPROM for bit-bang reading */
+        if (e1000_acquire_eeprom(hw) != E1000_SUCCESS)
+            return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+    }
+
+    /* Eerd register EEPROM access requires no eeprom aquire/release */
+    if (eeprom->use_eerd)
+        return e1000_read_eeprom_eerd(hw, offset, words, data);
+
+    /* ICH EEPROM access is done via the ICH flash controller */
+    if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_ich8)
+        return e1000_read_eeprom_ich8(hw, offset, words, data);
+
+    /* Set up the SPI or Microwire EEPROM for bit-bang reading.  We have
+     * acquired the EEPROM at this point, so any returns should relase it */
+    if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
+        u16 word_in;
+        u8 read_opcode = EEPROM_READ_OPCODE_SPI;
+
+        if (e1000_spi_eeprom_ready(hw)) {
+            e1000_release_eeprom(hw);
+            return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+        }
+
+        e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
+
+        /* Some SPI eeproms use the 8th address bit embedded in the opcode */
+        if ((eeprom->address_bits == 8) && (offset >= 128))
+            read_opcode |= EEPROM_A8_OPCODE_SPI;
+
+        /* Send the READ command (opcode + addr)  */
+        e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, read_opcode, eeprom->opcode_bits);
+        e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, (u16)(offset*2), eeprom->address_bits);
+
+        /* Read the data.  The address of the eeprom internally increments with
+         * each byte (spi) being read, saving on the overhead of eeprom setup
+         * and tear-down.  The address counter will roll over if reading beyond
+         * the size of the eeprom, thus allowing the entire memory to be read
+         * starting from any offset. */
+        for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
+            word_in = e1000_shift_in_ee_bits(hw, 16);
+            data[i] = (word_in >> 8) | (word_in << 8);
+        }
+    } else if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
+        for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
+            /* Send the READ command (opcode + addr)  */
+            e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_READ_OPCODE_MICROWIRE,
+                                    eeprom->opcode_bits);
+            e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, (u16)(offset + i),
+                                    eeprom->address_bits);
+
+            /* Read the data.  For microwire, each word requires the overhead
+             * of eeprom setup and tear-down. */
+            data[i] = e1000_shift_in_ee_bits(hw, 16);
+            e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* End this read operation */
+    e1000_release_eeprom(hw);
+
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Reads a 16 bit word from the EEPROM using the EERD register.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * offset - offset of  word in the EEPROM to read
+ * data - word read from the EEPROM
+ * words - number of words to read
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_read_eeprom_eerd(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 offset, u16 words,
+				  u16 *data)
+{
+    u32 i, eerd = 0;
+    s32 error = 0;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
+        eerd = ((offset+i) << E1000_EEPROM_RW_ADDR_SHIFT) +
+                         E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_START;
+
+        ew32(EERD, eerd);
+        error = e1000_poll_eerd_eewr_done(hw, E1000_EEPROM_POLL_READ);
+
+        if (error) {
+            break;
+        }
+        data[i] = (er32(EERD) >> E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_DATA);
+
+    }
+
+    return error;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Writes a 16 bit word from the EEPROM using the EEWR register.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * offset - offset of  word in the EEPROM to read
+ * data - word read from the EEPROM
+ * words - number of words to read
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_write_eeprom_eewr(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 offset, u16 words,
+				   u16 *data)
+{
+    u32    register_value = 0;
+    u32    i              = 0;
+    s32     error          = 0;
+
+    if (e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(hw, E1000_SWFW_EEP_SM))
+        return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
+        register_value = (data[i] << E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_DATA) |
+                         ((offset+i) << E1000_EEPROM_RW_ADDR_SHIFT) |
+                         E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_START;
+
+        error = e1000_poll_eerd_eewr_done(hw, E1000_EEPROM_POLL_WRITE);
+        if (error) {
+            break;
+        }
+
+        ew32(EEWR, register_value);
+
+        error = e1000_poll_eerd_eewr_done(hw, E1000_EEPROM_POLL_WRITE);
+
+        if (error) {
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, E1000_SWFW_EEP_SM);
+    return error;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Polls the status bit (bit 1) of the EERD to determine when the read is done.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_poll_eerd_eewr_done(struct e1000_hw *hw, int eerd)
+{
+    u32 attempts = 100000;
+    u32 i, reg = 0;
+    s32 done = E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < attempts; i++) {
+        if (eerd == E1000_EEPROM_POLL_READ)
+            reg = er32(EERD);
+        else
+            reg = er32(EEWR);
+
+        if (reg & E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_DONE) {
+            done = E1000_SUCCESS;
+            break;
+        }
+        udelay(5);
+    }
+
+    return done;
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* Description:     Determines if the onboard NVM is FLASH or EEPROM.
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+****************************************************************************/
+static bool e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    u32 eecd = 0;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom");
+
+    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
+        return false;
+
+    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
+        eecd = er32(EECD);
+
+        /* Isolate bits 15 & 16 */
+        eecd = ((eecd >> 15) & 0x03);
+
+        /* If both bits are set, device is Flash type */
+        if (eecd == 0x03) {
+            return false;
+        }
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Verifies that the EEPROM has a valid checksum
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ * Reads the first 64 16 bit words of the EEPROM and sums the values read.
+ * If the the sum of the 64 16 bit words is 0xBABA, the EEPROM's checksum is
+ * valid.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_validate_eeprom_checksum(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    u16 checksum = 0;
+    u16 i, eeprom_data;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_validate_eeprom_checksum");
+
+    if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) && !e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(hw)) {
+        /* Check bit 4 of word 10h.  If it is 0, firmware is done updating
+         * 10h-12h.  Checksum may need to be fixed. */
+        e1000_read_eeprom(hw, 0x10, 1, &eeprom_data);
+        if ((eeprom_data & 0x10) == 0) {
+            /* Read 0x23 and check bit 15.  This bit is a 1 when the checksum
+             * has already been fixed.  If the checksum is still wrong and this
+             * bit is a 1, we need to return bad checksum.  Otherwise, we need
+             * to set this bit to a 1 and update the checksum. */
+            e1000_read_eeprom(hw, 0x23, 1, &eeprom_data);
+            if ((eeprom_data & 0x8000) == 0) {
+                eeprom_data |= 0x8000;
+                e1000_write_eeprom(hw, 0x23, 1, &eeprom_data);
+                e1000_update_eeprom_checksum(hw);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
+        /* Drivers must allocate the shadow ram structure for the
+         * EEPROM checksum to be updated.  Otherwise, this bit as well
+         * as the checksum must both be set correctly for this
+         * validation to pass.
+         */
+        e1000_read_eeprom(hw, 0x19, 1, &eeprom_data);
+        if ((eeprom_data & 0x40) == 0) {
+            eeprom_data |= 0x40;
+            e1000_write_eeprom(hw, 0x19, 1, &eeprom_data);
+            e1000_update_eeprom_checksum(hw);
+        }
+    }
+
+    for (i = 0; i < (EEPROM_CHECKSUM_REG + 1); i++) {
+        if (e1000_read_eeprom(hw, i, 1, &eeprom_data) < 0) {
+            DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
+            return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+        }
+        checksum += eeprom_data;
+    }
+
+    if (checksum == (u16)EEPROM_SUM)
+        return E1000_SUCCESS;
+    else {
+        DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Checksum Invalid\n");
+        return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+    }
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Calculates the EEPROM checksum and writes it to the EEPROM
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ * Sums the first 63 16 bit words of the EEPROM. Subtracts the sum from 0xBABA.
+ * Writes the difference to word offset 63 of the EEPROM.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_update_eeprom_checksum(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    u32 ctrl_ext;
+    u16 checksum = 0;
+    u16 i, eeprom_data;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_update_eeprom_checksum");
+
+    for (i = 0; i < EEPROM_CHECKSUM_REG; i++) {
+        if (e1000_read_eeprom(hw, i, 1, &eeprom_data) < 0) {
+            DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
+            return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+        }
+        checksum += eeprom_data;
+    }
+    checksum = (u16)EEPROM_SUM - checksum;
+    if (e1000_write_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_CHECKSUM_REG, 1, &checksum) < 0) {
+        DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Write Error\n");
+        return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+    } else if (hw->eeprom.type == e1000_eeprom_flash) {
+        e1000_commit_shadow_ram(hw);
+    } else if (hw->eeprom.type == e1000_eeprom_ich8) {
+        e1000_commit_shadow_ram(hw);
+        /* Reload the EEPROM, or else modifications will not appear
+         * until after next adapter reset. */
+        ctrl_ext = er32(CTRL_EXT);
+        ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_EE_RST;
+        ew32(CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
+        msleep(10);
+    }
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Parent function for writing words to the different EEPROM types.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * offset - offset within the EEPROM to be written to
+ * words - number of words to write
+ * data - 16 bit word to be written to the EEPROM
+ *
+ * If e1000_update_eeprom_checksum is not called after this function, the
+ * EEPROM will most likely contain an invalid checksum.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_write_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 offset, u16 words, u16 *data)
+{
+    s32 ret;
+    spin_lock(&e1000_eeprom_lock);
+    ret = e1000_do_write_eeprom(hw, offset, words, data);
+    spin_unlock(&e1000_eeprom_lock);
+    return ret;
+}
+
+
+static s32 e1000_do_write_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 offset, u16 words, u16 *data)
+{
+    struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
+    s32 status = 0;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_eeprom");
+
+    /* If eeprom is not yet detected, do so now */
+    if (eeprom->word_size == 0)
+        e1000_init_eeprom_params(hw);
+
+    /* A check for invalid values:  offset too large, too many words, and not
+     * enough words.
+     */
+    if ((offset >= eeprom->word_size) || (words > eeprom->word_size - offset) ||
+       (words == 0)) {
+        DEBUGOUT("\"words\" parameter out of bounds\n");
+        return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+    }
+
+    /* 82573 writes only through eewr */
+    if (eeprom->use_eewr)
+        return e1000_write_eeprom_eewr(hw, offset, words, data);
+
+    if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_ich8)
+        return e1000_write_eeprom_ich8(hw, offset, words, data);
+
+    /* Prepare the EEPROM for writing  */
+    if (e1000_acquire_eeprom(hw) != E1000_SUCCESS)
+        return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+
+    if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
+        status = e1000_write_eeprom_microwire(hw, offset, words, data);
+    } else {
+        status = e1000_write_eeprom_spi(hw, offset, words, data);
+        msleep(10);
+    }
+
+    /* Done with writing */
+    e1000_release_eeprom(hw);
+
+    return status;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Writes a 16 bit word to a given offset in an SPI EEPROM.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * offset - offset within the EEPROM to be written to
+ * words - number of words to write
+ * data - pointer to array of 8 bit words to be written to the EEPROM
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_write_eeprom_spi(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 offset, u16 words,
+				  u16 *data)
+{
+    struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
+    u16 widx = 0;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_eeprom_spi");
+
+    while (widx < words) {
+        u8 write_opcode = EEPROM_WRITE_OPCODE_SPI;
+
+        if (e1000_spi_eeprom_ready(hw)) return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+
+        e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
+
+        /*  Send the WRITE ENABLE command (8 bit opcode )  */
+        e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_WREN_OPCODE_SPI,
+                                    eeprom->opcode_bits);
+
+        e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
+
+        /* Some SPI eeproms use the 8th address bit embedded in the opcode */
+        if ((eeprom->address_bits == 8) && (offset >= 128))
+            write_opcode |= EEPROM_A8_OPCODE_SPI;
+
+        /* Send the Write command (8-bit opcode + addr) */
+        e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, write_opcode, eeprom->opcode_bits);
+
+        e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, (u16)((offset + widx)*2),
+                                eeprom->address_bits);
+
+        /* Send the data */
+
+        /* Loop to allow for up to whole page write (32 bytes) of eeprom */
+        while (widx < words) {
+            u16 word_out = data[widx];
+            word_out = (word_out >> 8) | (word_out << 8);
+            e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, word_out, 16);
+            widx++;
+
+            /* Some larger eeprom sizes are capable of a 32-byte PAGE WRITE
+             * operation, while the smaller eeproms are capable of an 8-byte
+             * PAGE WRITE operation.  Break the inner loop to pass new address
+             */
+            if ((((offset + widx)*2) % eeprom->page_size) == 0) {
+                e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Writes a 16 bit word to a given offset in a Microwire EEPROM.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * offset - offset within the EEPROM to be written to
+ * words - number of words to write
+ * data - pointer to array of 16 bit words to be written to the EEPROM
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_write_eeprom_microwire(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 offset,
+					u16 words, u16 *data)
+{
+    struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
+    u32 eecd;
+    u16 words_written = 0;
+    u16 i = 0;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_eeprom_microwire");
+
+    /* Send the write enable command to the EEPROM (3-bit opcode plus
+     * 6/8-bit dummy address beginning with 11).  It's less work to include
+     * the 11 of the dummy address as part of the opcode than it is to shift
+     * it over the correct number of bits for the address.  This puts the
+     * EEPROM into write/erase mode.
+     */
+    e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_EWEN_OPCODE_MICROWIRE,
+                            (u16)(eeprom->opcode_bits + 2));
+
+    e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, 0, (u16)(eeprom->address_bits - 2));
+
+    /* Prepare the EEPROM */
+    e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
+
+    while (words_written < words) {
+        /* Send the Write command (3-bit opcode + addr) */
+        e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_WRITE_OPCODE_MICROWIRE,
+                                eeprom->opcode_bits);
+
+        e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, (u16)(offset + words_written),
+                                eeprom->address_bits);
+
+        /* Send the data */
+        e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, data[words_written], 16);
+
+        /* Toggle the CS line.  This in effect tells the EEPROM to execute
+         * the previous command.
+         */
+        e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
+
+        /* Read DO repeatedly until it is high (equal to '1').  The EEPROM will
+         * signal that the command has been completed by raising the DO signal.
+         * If DO does not go high in 10 milliseconds, then error out.
+         */
+        for (i = 0; i < 200; i++) {
+            eecd = er32(EECD);
+            if (eecd & E1000_EECD_DO) break;
+            udelay(50);
+        }
+        if (i == 200) {
+            DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Write did not complete\n");
+            return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+        }
+
+        /* Recover from write */
+        e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
+
+        words_written++;
+    }
+
+    /* Send the write disable command to the EEPROM (3-bit opcode plus
+     * 6/8-bit dummy address beginning with 10).  It's less work to include
+     * the 10 of the dummy address as part of the opcode than it is to shift
+     * it over the correct number of bits for the address.  This takes the
+     * EEPROM out of write/erase mode.
+     */
+    e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_EWDS_OPCODE_MICROWIRE,
+                            (u16)(eeprom->opcode_bits + 2));
+
+    e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, 0, (u16)(eeprom->address_bits - 2));
+
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Flushes the cached eeprom to NVM. This is done by saving the modified values
+ * in the eeprom cache and the non modified values in the currently active bank
+ * to the new bank.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * offset - offset of  word in the EEPROM to read
+ * data - word read from the EEPROM
+ * words - number of words to read
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_commit_shadow_ram(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    u32 attempts = 100000;
+    u32 eecd = 0;
+    u32 flop = 0;
+    u32 i = 0;
+    s32 error = E1000_SUCCESS;
+    u32 old_bank_offset = 0;
+    u32 new_bank_offset = 0;
+    u8 low_byte = 0;
+    u8 high_byte = 0;
+    bool sector_write_failed = false;
+
+    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
+        /* The flop register will be used to determine if flash type is STM */
+        flop = er32(FLOP);
+        for (i=0; i < attempts; i++) {
+            eecd = er32(EECD);
+            if ((eecd & E1000_EECD_FLUPD) == 0) {
+                break;
+            }
+            udelay(5);
+        }
+
+        if (i == attempts) {
+            return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+        }
+
+        /* If STM opcode located in bits 15:8 of flop, reset firmware */
+        if ((flop & 0xFF00) == E1000_STM_OPCODE) {
+            ew32(HICR, E1000_HICR_FW_RESET);
+        }
+
+        /* Perform the flash update */
+        ew32(EECD, eecd | E1000_EECD_FLUPD);
+
+        for (i=0; i < attempts; i++) {
+            eecd = er32(EECD);
+            if ((eecd & E1000_EECD_FLUPD) == 0) {
+                break;
+            }
+            udelay(5);
+        }
+
+        if (i == attempts) {
+            return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan && hw->eeprom_shadow_ram != NULL) {
+        /* We're writing to the opposite bank so if we're on bank 1,
+         * write to bank 0 etc.  We also need to erase the segment that
+         * is going to be written */
+        if (!(er32(EECD) & E1000_EECD_SEC1VAL)) {
+            new_bank_offset = hw->flash_bank_size * 2;
+            old_bank_offset = 0;
+            e1000_erase_ich8_4k_segment(hw, 1);
+        } else {
+            old_bank_offset = hw->flash_bank_size * 2;
+            new_bank_offset = 0;
+            e1000_erase_ich8_4k_segment(hw, 0);
+        }
+
+        sector_write_failed = false;
+        /* Loop for every byte in the shadow RAM,
+         * which is in units of words. */
+        for (i = 0; i < E1000_SHADOW_RAM_WORDS; i++) {
+            /* Determine whether to write the value stored
+             * in the other NVM bank or a modified value stored
+             * in the shadow RAM */
+            if (hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[i].modified) {
+                low_byte = (u8)hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[i].eeprom_word;
+                udelay(100);
+                error = e1000_verify_write_ich8_byte(hw,
+                            (i << 1) + new_bank_offset, low_byte);
+
+                if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
+                    sector_write_failed = true;
+                else {
+                    high_byte =
+                        (u8)(hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[i].eeprom_word >> 8);
+                    udelay(100);
+                }
+            } else {
+                e1000_read_ich8_byte(hw, (i << 1) + old_bank_offset,
+                                     &low_byte);
+                udelay(100);
+                error = e1000_verify_write_ich8_byte(hw,
+                            (i << 1) + new_bank_offset, low_byte);
+
+                if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
+                    sector_write_failed = true;
+                else {
+                    e1000_read_ich8_byte(hw, (i << 1) + old_bank_offset + 1,
+                                         &high_byte);
+                    udelay(100);
+                }
+            }
+
+            /* If the write of the low byte was successful, go ahead and
+             * write the high byte while checking to make sure that if it
+             * is the signature byte, then it is handled properly */
+            if (!sector_write_failed) {
+                /* If the word is 0x13, then make sure the signature bits
+                 * (15:14) are 11b until the commit has completed.
+                 * This will allow us to write 10b which indicates the
+                 * signature is valid.  We want to do this after the write
+                 * has completed so that we don't mark the segment valid
+                 * while the write is still in progress */
+                if (i == E1000_ICH_NVM_SIG_WORD)
+                    high_byte = E1000_ICH_NVM_SIG_MASK | high_byte;
+
+                error = e1000_verify_write_ich8_byte(hw,
+                            (i << 1) + new_bank_offset + 1, high_byte);
+                if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
+                    sector_write_failed = true;
+
+            } else {
+                /* If the write failed then break from the loop and
+                 * return an error */
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+
+        /* Don't bother writing the segment valid bits if sector
+         * programming failed. */
+        if (!sector_write_failed) {
+            /* Finally validate the new segment by setting bit 15:14
+             * to 10b in word 0x13 , this can be done without an
+             * erase as well since these bits are 11 to start with
+             * and we need to change bit 14 to 0b */
+            e1000_read_ich8_byte(hw,
+                                 E1000_ICH_NVM_SIG_WORD * 2 + 1 + new_bank_offset,
+                                 &high_byte);
+            high_byte &= 0xBF;
+            error = e1000_verify_write_ich8_byte(hw,
+                        E1000_ICH_NVM_SIG_WORD * 2 + 1 + new_bank_offset, high_byte);
+            /* And invalidate the previously valid segment by setting
+             * its signature word (0x13) high_byte to 0b. This can be
+             * done without an erase because flash erase sets all bits
+             * to 1's. We can write 1's to 0's without an erase */
+            if (error == E1000_SUCCESS) {
+                error = e1000_verify_write_ich8_byte(hw,
+                            E1000_ICH_NVM_SIG_WORD * 2 + 1 + old_bank_offset, 0);
+            }
+
+            /* Clear the now not used entry in the cache */
+            for (i = 0; i < E1000_SHADOW_RAM_WORDS; i++) {
+                hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[i].modified = false;
+                hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[i].eeprom_word = 0xFFFF;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return error;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Reads the adapter's MAC address from the EEPROM and inverts the LSB for the
+ * second function of dual function devices
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *****************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_read_mac_addr(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    u16 offset;
+    u16 eeprom_data, i;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_mac_addr");
+
+    for (i = 0; i < NODE_ADDRESS_SIZE; i += 2) {
+        offset = i >> 1;
+        if (e1000_read_eeprom(hw, offset, 1, &eeprom_data) < 0) {
+            DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
+            return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+        }
+        hw->perm_mac_addr[i] = (u8)(eeprom_data & 0x00FF);
+        hw->perm_mac_addr[i+1] = (u8)(eeprom_data >> 8);
+    }
+
+    switch (hw->mac_type) {
+    default:
+        break;
+    case e1000_82546:
+    case e1000_82546_rev_3:
+    case e1000_82571:
+    case e1000_80003es2lan:
+        if (er32(STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)
+            hw->perm_mac_addr[5] ^= 0x01;
+        break;
+    }
+
+    for (i = 0; i < NODE_ADDRESS_SIZE; i++)
+        hw->mac_addr[i] = hw->perm_mac_addr[i];
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Initializes receive address filters.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ * Places the MAC address in receive address register 0 and clears the rest
+ * of the receive addresss registers. Clears the multicast table. Assumes
+ * the receiver is in reset when the routine is called.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static void e1000_init_rx_addrs(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    u32 i;
+    u32 rar_num;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_init_rx_addrs");
+
+    /* Setup the receive address. */
+    DEBUGOUT("Programming MAC Address into RAR[0]\n");
+
+    e1000_rar_set(hw, hw->mac_addr, 0);
+
+    rar_num = E1000_RAR_ENTRIES;
+
+    /* Reserve a spot for the Locally Administered Address to work around
+     * an 82571 issue in which a reset on one port will reload the MAC on
+     * the other port. */
+    if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82571) && (hw->laa_is_present))
+        rar_num -= 1;
+    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
+        rar_num = E1000_RAR_ENTRIES_ICH8LAN;
+
+    /* Zero out the other 15 receive addresses. */
+    DEBUGOUT("Clearing RAR[1-15]\n");
+    for (i = 1; i < rar_num; i++) {
+        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, (i << 1), 0);
+        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, ((i << 1) + 1), 0);
+        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+    }
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Hashes an address to determine its location in the multicast table
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * mc_addr - the multicast address to hash
+ *****************************************************************************/
+u32 e1000_hash_mc_addr(struct e1000_hw *hw, u8 *mc_addr)
+{
+    u32 hash_value = 0;
+
+    /* The portion of the address that is used for the hash table is
+     * determined by the mc_filter_type setting.
+     */
+    switch (hw->mc_filter_type) {
+    /* [0] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5]
+     * 01  AA  00  12  34  56
+     * LSB                 MSB
+     */
+    case 0:
+        if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
+            /* [47:38] i.e. 0x158 for above example address */
+            hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 6) | (((u16)mc_addr[5]) << 2));
+        } else {
+            /* [47:36] i.e. 0x563 for above example address */
+            hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 4) | (((u16)mc_addr[5]) << 4));
+        }
+        break;
+    case 1:
+        if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
+            /* [46:37] i.e. 0x2B1 for above example address */
+            hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 5) | (((u16)mc_addr[5]) << 3));
+        } else {
+            /* [46:35] i.e. 0xAC6 for above example address */
+            hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 3) | (((u16)mc_addr[5]) << 5));
+        }
+        break;
+    case 2:
+        if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
+            /*[45:36] i.e. 0x163 for above example address */
+            hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 4) | (((u16)mc_addr[5]) << 4));
+        } else {
+            /* [45:34] i.e. 0x5D8 for above example address */
+            hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 2) | (((u16)mc_addr[5]) << 6));
+        }
+        break;
+    case 3:
+        if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
+            /* [43:34] i.e. 0x18D for above example address */
+            hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 2) | (((u16)mc_addr[5]) << 6));
+        } else {
+            /* [43:32] i.e. 0x634 for above example address */
+            hash_value = ((mc_addr[4]) | (((u16)mc_addr[5]) << 8));
+        }
+        break;
+    }
+
+    hash_value &= 0xFFF;
+    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
+        hash_value &= 0x3FF;
+
+    return hash_value;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Sets the bit in the multicast table corresponding to the hash value.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * hash_value - Multicast address hash value
+ *****************************************************************************/
+void e1000_mta_set(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 hash_value)
+{
+    u32 hash_bit, hash_reg;
+    u32 mta;
+    u32 temp;
+
+    /* The MTA is a register array of 128 32-bit registers.
+     * It is treated like an array of 4096 bits.  We want to set
+     * bit BitArray[hash_value]. So we figure out what register
+     * the bit is in, read it, OR in the new bit, then write
+     * back the new value.  The register is determined by the
+     * upper 7 bits of the hash value and the bit within that
+     * register are determined by the lower 5 bits of the value.
+     */
+    hash_reg = (hash_value >> 5) & 0x7F;
+    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
+        hash_reg &= 0x1F;
+
+    hash_bit = hash_value & 0x1F;
+
+    mta = E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, hash_reg);
+
+    mta |= (1 << hash_bit);
+
+    /* If we are on an 82544 and we are trying to write an odd offset
+     * in the MTA, save off the previous entry before writing and
+     * restore the old value after writing.
+     */
+    if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82544) && ((hash_reg & 0x1) == 1)) {
+        temp = E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, (hash_reg - 1));
+        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, hash_reg, mta);
+        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, (hash_reg - 1), temp);
+        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+    } else {
+        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, hash_reg, mta);
+        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+    }
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Puts an ethernet address into a receive address register.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * addr - Address to put into receive address register
+ * index - Receive address register to write
+ *****************************************************************************/
+void e1000_rar_set(struct e1000_hw *hw, u8 *addr, u32 index)
+{
+    u32 rar_low, rar_high;
+
+    /* HW expects these in little endian so we reverse the byte order
+     * from network order (big endian) to little endian
+     */
+    rar_low = ((u32)addr[0] | ((u32)addr[1] << 8) |
+               ((u32)addr[2] << 16) | ((u32)addr[3] << 24));
+    rar_high = ((u32)addr[4] | ((u32)addr[5] << 8));
+
+    /* Disable Rx and flush all Rx frames before enabling RSS to avoid Rx
+     * unit hang.
+     *
+     * Description:
+     * If there are any Rx frames queued up or otherwise present in the HW
+     * before RSS is enabled, and then we enable RSS, the HW Rx unit will
+     * hang.  To work around this issue, we have to disable receives and
+     * flush out all Rx frames before we enable RSS. To do so, we modify we
+     * redirect all Rx traffic to manageability and then reset the HW.
+     * This flushes away Rx frames, and (since the redirections to
+     * manageability persists across resets) keeps new ones from coming in
+     * while we work.  Then, we clear the Address Valid AV bit for all MAC
+     * addresses and undo the re-direction to manageability.
+     * Now, frames are coming in again, but the MAC won't accept them, so
+     * far so good.  We now proceed to initialize RSS (if necessary) and
+     * configure the Rx unit.  Last, we re-enable the AV bits and continue
+     * on our merry way.
+     */
+    switch (hw->mac_type) {
+    case e1000_82571:
+    case e1000_82572:
+    case e1000_80003es2lan:
+        if (hw->leave_av_bit_off)
+            break;
+    default:
+        /* Indicate to hardware the Address is Valid. */
+        rar_high |= E1000_RAH_AV;
+        break;
+    }
+
+    E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, (index << 1), rar_low);
+    E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+    E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, ((index << 1) + 1), rar_high);
+    E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Writes a value to the specified offset in the VLAN filter table.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * offset - Offset in VLAN filer table to write
+ * value - Value to write into VLAN filter table
+ *****************************************************************************/
+void e1000_write_vfta(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 offset, u32 value)
+{
+    u32 temp;
+
+    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
+        return;
+
+    if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82544) && ((offset & 0x1) == 1)) {
+        temp = E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, (offset - 1));
+        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, offset, value);
+        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, (offset - 1), temp);
+        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+    } else {
+        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, offset, value);
+        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+    }
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Clears the VLAN filer table
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static void e1000_clear_vfta(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    u32 offset;
+    u32 vfta_value = 0;
+    u32 vfta_offset = 0;
+    u32 vfta_bit_in_reg = 0;
+
+    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
+        return;
+
+    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
+        if (hw->mng_cookie.vlan_id != 0) {
+            /* The VFTA is a 4096b bit-field, each identifying a single VLAN
+             * ID.  The following operations determine which 32b entry
+             * (i.e. offset) into the array we want to set the VLAN ID
+             * (i.e. bit) of the manageability unit. */
+            vfta_offset = (hw->mng_cookie.vlan_id >>
+                           E1000_VFTA_ENTRY_SHIFT) &
+                          E1000_VFTA_ENTRY_MASK;
+            vfta_bit_in_reg = 1 << (hw->mng_cookie.vlan_id &
+                                    E1000_VFTA_ENTRY_BIT_SHIFT_MASK);
+        }
+    }
+    for (offset = 0; offset < E1000_VLAN_FILTER_TBL_SIZE; offset++) {
+        /* If the offset we want to clear is the same offset of the
+         * manageability VLAN ID, then clear all bits except that of the
+         * manageability unit */
+        vfta_value = (offset == vfta_offset) ? vfta_bit_in_reg : 0;
+        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, offset, vfta_value);
+        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+    }
+}
+
+static s32 e1000_id_led_init(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    u32 ledctl;
+    const u32 ledctl_mask = 0x000000FF;
+    const u32 ledctl_on = E1000_LEDCTL_MODE_LED_ON;
+    const u32 ledctl_off = E1000_LEDCTL_MODE_LED_OFF;
+    u16 eeprom_data, i, temp;
+    const u16 led_mask = 0x0F;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_id_led_init");
+
+    if (hw->mac_type < e1000_82540) {
+        /* Nothing to do */
+        return E1000_SUCCESS;
+    }
+
+    ledctl = er32(LEDCTL);
+    hw->ledctl_default = ledctl;
+    hw->ledctl_mode1 = hw->ledctl_default;
+    hw->ledctl_mode2 = hw->ledctl_default;
+
+    if (e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_ID_LED_SETTINGS, 1, &eeprom_data) < 0) {
+        DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
+        return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+    }
+
+    if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) &&
+        (eeprom_data == ID_LED_RESERVED_82573))
+        eeprom_data = ID_LED_DEFAULT_82573;
+    else if ((eeprom_data == ID_LED_RESERVED_0000) ||
+            (eeprom_data == ID_LED_RESERVED_FFFF)) {
+        if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
+            eeprom_data = ID_LED_DEFAULT_ICH8LAN;
+        else
+            eeprom_data = ID_LED_DEFAULT;
+    }
+
+    for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
+        temp = (eeprom_data >> (i << 2)) & led_mask;
+        switch (temp) {
+        case ID_LED_ON1_DEF2:
+        case ID_LED_ON1_ON2:
+        case ID_LED_ON1_OFF2:
+            hw->ledctl_mode1 &= ~(ledctl_mask << (i << 3));
+            hw->ledctl_mode1 |= ledctl_on << (i << 3);
+            break;
+        case ID_LED_OFF1_DEF2:
+        case ID_LED_OFF1_ON2:
+        case ID_LED_OFF1_OFF2:
+            hw->ledctl_mode1 &= ~(ledctl_mask << (i << 3));
+            hw->ledctl_mode1 |= ledctl_off << (i << 3);
+            break;
+        default:
+            /* Do nothing */
+            break;
+        }
+        switch (temp) {
+        case ID_LED_DEF1_ON2:
+        case ID_LED_ON1_ON2:
+        case ID_LED_OFF1_ON2:
+            hw->ledctl_mode2 &= ~(ledctl_mask << (i << 3));
+            hw->ledctl_mode2 |= ledctl_on << (i << 3);
+            break;
+        case ID_LED_DEF1_OFF2:
+        case ID_LED_ON1_OFF2:
+        case ID_LED_OFF1_OFF2:
+            hw->ledctl_mode2 &= ~(ledctl_mask << (i << 3));
+            hw->ledctl_mode2 |= ledctl_off << (i << 3);
+            break;
+        default:
+            /* Do nothing */
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Prepares SW controlable LED for use and saves the current state of the LED.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *****************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_setup_led(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    u32 ledctl;
+    s32 ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_setup_led");
+
+    switch (hw->mac_type) {
+    case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
+    case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
+    case e1000_82543:
+    case e1000_82544:
+        /* No setup necessary */
+        break;
+    case e1000_82541:
+    case e1000_82547:
+    case e1000_82541_rev_2:
+    case e1000_82547_rev_2:
+        /* Turn off PHY Smart Power Down (if enabled) */
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO,
+                                     &hw->phy_spd_default);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO,
+                                      (u16)(hw->phy_spd_default &
+                                      ~IGP01E1000_GMII_SPD));
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+        /* Fall Through */
+    default:
+        if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
+            ledctl = er32(LEDCTL);
+            /* Save current LEDCTL settings */
+            hw->ledctl_default = ledctl;
+            /* Turn off LED0 */
+            ledctl &= ~(E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_IVRT |
+                        E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_BLINK |
+                        E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_MODE_MASK);
+            ledctl |= (E1000_LEDCTL_MODE_LED_OFF <<
+                       E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_MODE_SHIFT);
+            ew32(LEDCTL, ledctl);
+        } else if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper)
+            ew32(LEDCTL, hw->ledctl_mode1);
+        break;
+    }
+
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Used on 82571 and later Si that has LED blink bits.
+ * Callers must use their own timer and should have already called
+ * e1000_id_led_init()
+ * Call e1000_cleanup led() to stop blinking
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *****************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_blink_led_start(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    s16  i;
+    u32 ledctl_blink = 0;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_id_led_blink_on");
+
+    if (hw->mac_type < e1000_82571) {
+        /* Nothing to do */
+        return E1000_SUCCESS;
+    }
+    if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
+        /* always blink LED0 for PCI-E fiber */
+        ledctl_blink = E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_BLINK |
+                     (E1000_LEDCTL_MODE_LED_ON << E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_MODE_SHIFT);
+    } else {
+        /* set the blink bit for each LED that's "on" (0x0E) in ledctl_mode2 */
+        ledctl_blink = hw->ledctl_mode2;
+        for (i=0; i < 4; i++)
+            if (((hw->ledctl_mode2 >> (i * 8)) & 0xFF) ==
+                E1000_LEDCTL_MODE_LED_ON)
+                ledctl_blink |= (E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_BLINK << (i * 8));
+    }
+
+    ew32(LEDCTL, ledctl_blink);
+
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Restores the saved state of the SW controlable LED.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *****************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_cleanup_led(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    s32 ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_cleanup_led");
+
+    switch (hw->mac_type) {
+    case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
+    case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
+    case e1000_82543:
+    case e1000_82544:
+        /* No cleanup necessary */
+        break;
+    case e1000_82541:
+    case e1000_82547:
+    case e1000_82541_rev_2:
+    case e1000_82547_rev_2:
+        /* Turn on PHY Smart Power Down (if previously enabled) */
+        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO,
+                                      hw->phy_spd_default);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+        /* Fall Through */
+    default:
+        if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
+            e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_SPECIAL_CONTROL_LED, 0);
+            break;
+        }
+        /* Restore LEDCTL settings */
+        ew32(LEDCTL, hw->ledctl_default);
+        break;
+    }
+
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Turns on the software controllable LED
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *****************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_led_on(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    u32 ctrl = er32(CTRL);
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_led_on");
+
+    switch (hw->mac_type) {
+    case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
+    case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
+    case e1000_82543:
+        /* Set SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn on the LED */
+        ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
+        ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
+        break;
+    case e1000_82544:
+        if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
+            /* Set SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn on the LED */
+            ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
+            ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
+        } else {
+            /* Clear SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn on the LED */
+            ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
+            ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
+        }
+        break;
+    default:
+        if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
+            /* Clear SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn on the LED */
+            ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
+            ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
+        } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
+            e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_SPECIAL_CONTROL_LED,
+                 (IFE_PSCL_PROBE_MODE | IFE_PSCL_PROBE_LEDS_ON));
+        } else if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) {
+            ew32(LEDCTL, hw->ledctl_mode2);
+            return E1000_SUCCESS;
+        }
+        break;
+    }
+
+    ew32(CTRL, ctrl);
+
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Turns off the software controllable LED
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *****************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_led_off(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    u32 ctrl = er32(CTRL);
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_led_off");
+
+    switch (hw->mac_type) {
+    case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
+    case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
+    case e1000_82543:
+        /* Clear SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn off the LED */
+        ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
+        ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
+        break;
+    case e1000_82544:
+        if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
+            /* Clear SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn off the LED */
+            ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
+            ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
+        } else {
+            /* Set SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn off the LED */
+            ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
+            ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
+        }
+        break;
+    default:
+        if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
+            /* Set SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn off the LED */
+            ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
+            ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
+        } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
+            e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_SPECIAL_CONTROL_LED,
+                 (IFE_PSCL_PROBE_MODE | IFE_PSCL_PROBE_LEDS_OFF));
+        } else if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) {
+            ew32(LEDCTL, hw->ledctl_mode1);
+            return E1000_SUCCESS;
+        }
+        break;
+    }
+
+    ew32(CTRL, ctrl);
+
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Clears all hardware statistics counters.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static void e1000_clear_hw_cntrs(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    volatile u32 temp;
+
+    temp = er32(CRCERRS);
+    temp = er32(SYMERRS);
+    temp = er32(MPC);
+    temp = er32(SCC);
+    temp = er32(ECOL);
+    temp = er32(MCC);
+    temp = er32(LATECOL);
+    temp = er32(COLC);
+    temp = er32(DC);
+    temp = er32(SEC);
+    temp = er32(RLEC);
+    temp = er32(XONRXC);
+    temp = er32(XONTXC);
+    temp = er32(XOFFRXC);
+    temp = er32(XOFFTXC);
+    temp = er32(FCRUC);
+
+    if (hw->mac_type != e1000_ich8lan) {
+    temp = er32(PRC64);
+    temp = er32(PRC127);
+    temp = er32(PRC255);
+    temp = er32(PRC511);
+    temp = er32(PRC1023);
+    temp = er32(PRC1522);
+    }
+
+    temp = er32(GPRC);
+    temp = er32(BPRC);
+    temp = er32(MPRC);
+    temp = er32(GPTC);
+    temp = er32(GORCL);
+    temp = er32(GORCH);
+    temp = er32(GOTCL);
+    temp = er32(GOTCH);
+    temp = er32(RNBC);
+    temp = er32(RUC);
+    temp = er32(RFC);
+    temp = er32(ROC);
+    temp = er32(RJC);
+    temp = er32(TORL);
+    temp = er32(TORH);
+    temp = er32(TOTL);
+    temp = er32(TOTH);
+    temp = er32(TPR);
+    temp = er32(TPT);
+
+    if (hw->mac_type != e1000_ich8lan) {
+    temp = er32(PTC64);
+    temp = er32(PTC127);
+    temp = er32(PTC255);
+    temp = er32(PTC511);
+    temp = er32(PTC1023);
+    temp = er32(PTC1522);
+    }
+
+    temp = er32(MPTC);
+    temp = er32(BPTC);
+
+    if (hw->mac_type < e1000_82543) return;
+
+    temp = er32(ALGNERRC);
+    temp = er32(RXERRC);
+    temp = er32(TNCRS);
+    temp = er32(CEXTERR);
+    temp = er32(TSCTC);
+    temp = er32(TSCTFC);
+
+    if (hw->mac_type <= e1000_82544) return;
+
+    temp = er32(MGTPRC);
+    temp = er32(MGTPDC);
+    temp = er32(MGTPTC);
+
+    if (hw->mac_type <= e1000_82547_rev_2) return;
+
+    temp = er32(IAC);
+    temp = er32(ICRXOC);
+
+    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) return;
+
+    temp = er32(ICRXPTC);
+    temp = er32(ICRXATC);
+    temp = er32(ICTXPTC);
+    temp = er32(ICTXATC);
+    temp = er32(ICTXQEC);
+    temp = er32(ICTXQMTC);
+    temp = er32(ICRXDMTC);
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Resets Adaptive IFS to its default state.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ * Call this after e1000_init_hw. You may override the IFS defaults by setting
+ * hw->ifs_params_forced to true. However, you must initialize hw->
+ * current_ifs_val, ifs_min_val, ifs_max_val, ifs_step_size, and ifs_ratio
+ * before calling this function.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+void e1000_reset_adaptive(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_reset_adaptive");
+
+    if (hw->adaptive_ifs) {
+        if (!hw->ifs_params_forced) {
+            hw->current_ifs_val = 0;
+            hw->ifs_min_val = IFS_MIN;
+            hw->ifs_max_val = IFS_MAX;
+            hw->ifs_step_size = IFS_STEP;
+            hw->ifs_ratio = IFS_RATIO;
+        }
+        hw->in_ifs_mode = false;
+        ew32(AIT, 0);
+    } else {
+        DEBUGOUT("Not in Adaptive IFS mode!\n");
+    }
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Called during the callback/watchdog routine to update IFS value based on
+ * the ratio of transmits to collisions.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * tx_packets - Number of transmits since last callback
+ * total_collisions - Number of collisions since last callback
+ *****************************************************************************/
+void e1000_update_adaptive(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_update_adaptive");
+
+    if (hw->adaptive_ifs) {
+        if ((hw->collision_delta * hw->ifs_ratio) > hw->tx_packet_delta) {
+            if (hw->tx_packet_delta > MIN_NUM_XMITS) {
+                hw->in_ifs_mode = true;
+                if (hw->current_ifs_val < hw->ifs_max_val) {
+                    if (hw->current_ifs_val == 0)
+                        hw->current_ifs_val = hw->ifs_min_val;
+                    else
+                        hw->current_ifs_val += hw->ifs_step_size;
+                    ew32(AIT, hw->current_ifs_val);
+                }
+            }
+        } else {
+            if (hw->in_ifs_mode && (hw->tx_packet_delta <= MIN_NUM_XMITS)) {
+                hw->current_ifs_val = 0;
+                hw->in_ifs_mode = false;
+                ew32(AIT, 0);
+            }
+        }
+    } else {
+        DEBUGOUT("Not in Adaptive IFS mode!\n");
+    }
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Adjusts the statistic counters when a frame is accepted by TBI_ACCEPT
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * frame_len - The length of the frame in question
+ * mac_addr - The Ethernet destination address of the frame in question
+ *****************************************************************************/
+void e1000_tbi_adjust_stats(struct e1000_hw *hw, struct e1000_hw_stats *stats,
+			    u32 frame_len, u8 *mac_addr)
+{
+    u64 carry_bit;
+
+    /* First adjust the frame length. */
+    frame_len--;
+    /* We need to adjust the statistics counters, since the hardware
+     * counters overcount this packet as a CRC error and undercount
+     * the packet as a good packet
+     */
+    /* This packet should not be counted as a CRC error.    */
+    stats->crcerrs--;
+    /* This packet does count as a Good Packet Received.    */
+    stats->gprc++;
+
+    /* Adjust the Good Octets received counters             */
+    carry_bit = 0x80000000 & stats->gorcl;
+    stats->gorcl += frame_len;
+    /* If the high bit of Gorcl (the low 32 bits of the Good Octets
+     * Received Count) was one before the addition,
+     * AND it is zero after, then we lost the carry out,
+     * need to add one to Gorch (Good Octets Received Count High).
+     * This could be simplified if all environments supported
+     * 64-bit integers.
+     */
+    if (carry_bit && ((stats->gorcl & 0x80000000) == 0))
+        stats->gorch++;
+    /* Is this a broadcast or multicast?  Check broadcast first,
+     * since the test for a multicast frame will test positive on
+     * a broadcast frame.
+     */
+    if ((mac_addr[0] == (u8)0xff) && (mac_addr[1] == (u8)0xff))
+        /* Broadcast packet */
+        stats->bprc++;
+    else if (*mac_addr & 0x01)
+        /* Multicast packet */
+        stats->mprc++;
+
+    if (frame_len == hw->max_frame_size) {
+        /* In this case, the hardware has overcounted the number of
+         * oversize frames.
+         */
+        if (stats->roc > 0)
+            stats->roc--;
+    }
+
+    /* Adjust the bin counters when the extra byte put the frame in the
+     * wrong bin. Remember that the frame_len was adjusted above.
+     */
+    if (frame_len == 64) {
+        stats->prc64++;
+        stats->prc127--;
+    } else if (frame_len == 127) {
+        stats->prc127++;
+        stats->prc255--;
+    } else if (frame_len == 255) {
+        stats->prc255++;
+        stats->prc511--;
+    } else if (frame_len == 511) {
+        stats->prc511++;
+        stats->prc1023--;
+    } else if (frame_len == 1023) {
+        stats->prc1023++;
+        stats->prc1522--;
+    } else if (frame_len == 1522) {
+        stats->prc1522++;
+    }
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Gets the current PCI bus type, speed, and width of the hardware
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *****************************************************************************/
+void e1000_get_bus_info(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    s32 ret_val;
+    u16 pci_ex_link_status;
+    u32 status;
+
+    switch (hw->mac_type) {
+    case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
+    case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
+        hw->bus_type = e1000_bus_type_pci;
+        hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_unknown;
+        hw->bus_width = e1000_bus_width_unknown;
+        break;
+    case e1000_82571:
+    case e1000_82572:
+    case e1000_82573:
+    case e1000_80003es2lan:
+        hw->bus_type = e1000_bus_type_pci_express;
+        hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_2500;
+        ret_val = e1000_read_pcie_cap_reg(hw,
+                                      PCI_EX_LINK_STATUS,
+                                      &pci_ex_link_status);
+        if (ret_val)
+            hw->bus_width = e1000_bus_width_unknown;
+        else
+            hw->bus_width = (pci_ex_link_status & PCI_EX_LINK_WIDTH_MASK) >>
+                          PCI_EX_LINK_WIDTH_SHIFT;
+        break;
+    case e1000_ich8lan:
+        hw->bus_type = e1000_bus_type_pci_express;
+        hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_2500;
+        hw->bus_width = e1000_bus_width_pciex_1;
+        break;
+    default:
+        status = er32(STATUS);
+        hw->bus_type = (status & E1000_STATUS_PCIX_MODE) ?
+                       e1000_bus_type_pcix : e1000_bus_type_pci;
+
+        if (hw->device_id == E1000_DEV_ID_82546EB_QUAD_COPPER) {
+            hw->bus_speed = (hw->bus_type == e1000_bus_type_pci) ?
+                            e1000_bus_speed_66 : e1000_bus_speed_120;
+        } else if (hw->bus_type == e1000_bus_type_pci) {
+            hw->bus_speed = (status & E1000_STATUS_PCI66) ?
+                            e1000_bus_speed_66 : e1000_bus_speed_33;
+        } else {
+            switch (status & E1000_STATUS_PCIX_SPEED) {
+            case E1000_STATUS_PCIX_SPEED_66:
+                hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_66;
+                break;
+            case E1000_STATUS_PCIX_SPEED_100:
+                hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_100;
+                break;
+            case E1000_STATUS_PCIX_SPEED_133:
+                hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_133;
+                break;
+            default:
+                hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_reserved;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+        hw->bus_width = (status & E1000_STATUS_BUS64) ?
+                        e1000_bus_width_64 : e1000_bus_width_32;
+        break;
+    }
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Writes a value to one of the devices registers using port I/O (as opposed to
+ * memory mapped I/O). Only 82544 and newer devices support port I/O.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * offset - offset to write to
+ * value - value to write
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static void e1000_write_reg_io(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 offset, u32 value)
+{
+    unsigned long io_addr = hw->io_base;
+    unsigned long io_data = hw->io_base + 4;
+
+    e1000_io_write(hw, io_addr, offset);
+    e1000_io_write(hw, io_data, value);
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Estimates the cable length.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * min_length - The estimated minimum length
+ * max_length - The estimated maximum length
+ *
+ * returns: - E1000_ERR_XXX
+ *            E1000_SUCCESS
+ *
+ * This function always returns a ranged length (minimum & maximum).
+ * So for M88 phy's, this function interprets the one value returned from the
+ * register to the minimum and maximum range.
+ * For IGP phy's, the function calculates the range by the AGC registers.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_get_cable_length(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 *min_length,
+				  u16 *max_length)
+{
+    s32 ret_val;
+    u16 agc_value = 0;
+    u16 i, phy_data;
+    u16 cable_length;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_cable_length");
+
+    *min_length = *max_length = 0;
+
+    /* Use old method for Phy older than IGP */
+    if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) {
+
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS,
+                                     &phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+        cable_length = (phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_CABLE_LENGTH) >>
+                       M88E1000_PSSR_CABLE_LENGTH_SHIFT;
+
+        /* Convert the enum value to ranged values */
+        switch (cable_length) {
+        case e1000_cable_length_50:
+            *min_length = 0;
+            *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_50;
+            break;
+        case e1000_cable_length_50_80:
+            *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_50;
+            *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_80;
+            break;
+        case e1000_cable_length_80_110:
+            *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_80;
+            *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_110;
+            break;
+        case e1000_cable_length_110_140:
+            *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_110;
+            *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_140;
+            break;
+        case e1000_cable_length_140:
+            *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_140;
+            *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_170;
+            break;
+        default:
+            return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
+            break;
+        }
+    } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563) {
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_DSP_DISTANCE,
+                                     &phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+        cable_length = phy_data & GG82563_DSPD_CABLE_LENGTH;
+
+        switch (cable_length) {
+        case e1000_gg_cable_length_60:
+            *min_length = 0;
+            *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_60;
+            break;
+        case e1000_gg_cable_length_60_115:
+            *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_60;
+            *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_115;
+            break;
+        case e1000_gg_cable_length_115_150:
+            *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_115;
+            *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_150;
+            break;
+        case e1000_gg_cable_length_150:
+            *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_150;
+            *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_180;
+            break;
+        default:
+            return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
+            break;
+        }
+    } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp) { /* For IGP PHY */
+        u16 cur_agc_value;
+        u16 min_agc_value = IGP01E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE;
+        u16 agc_reg_array[IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM] =
+                                                         {IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_A,
+                                                          IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_B,
+                                                          IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_C,
+                                                          IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_D};
+        /* Read the AGC registers for all channels */
+        for (i = 0; i < IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM; i++) {
+
+            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, agc_reg_array[i], &phy_data);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+
+            cur_agc_value = phy_data >> IGP01E1000_AGC_LENGTH_SHIFT;
+
+            /* Value bound check. */
+            if ((cur_agc_value >= IGP01E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE - 1) ||
+                (cur_agc_value == 0))
+                return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
+
+            agc_value += cur_agc_value;
+
+            /* Update minimal AGC value. */
+            if (min_agc_value > cur_agc_value)
+                min_agc_value = cur_agc_value;
+        }
+
+        /* Remove the minimal AGC result for length < 50m */
+        if (agc_value < IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM * e1000_igp_cable_length_50) {
+            agc_value -= min_agc_value;
+
+            /* Get the average length of the remaining 3 channels */
+            agc_value /= (IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM - 1);
+        } else {
+            /* Get the average length of all the 4 channels. */
+            agc_value /= IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM;
+        }
+
+        /* Set the range of the calculated length. */
+        *min_length = ((e1000_igp_cable_length_table[agc_value] -
+                       IGP01E1000_AGC_RANGE) > 0) ?
+                       (e1000_igp_cable_length_table[agc_value] -
+                       IGP01E1000_AGC_RANGE) : 0;
+        *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_table[agc_value] +
+                      IGP01E1000_AGC_RANGE;
+    } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2 ||
+               hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3) {
+        u16 cur_agc_index, max_agc_index = 0;
+        u16 min_agc_index = IGP02E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE - 1;
+        u16 agc_reg_array[IGP02E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM] =
+                                                         {IGP02E1000_PHY_AGC_A,
+                                                          IGP02E1000_PHY_AGC_B,
+                                                          IGP02E1000_PHY_AGC_C,
+                                                          IGP02E1000_PHY_AGC_D};
+        /* Read the AGC registers for all channels */
+        for (i = 0; i < IGP02E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM; i++) {
+            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, agc_reg_array[i], &phy_data);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+
+            /* Getting bits 15:9, which represent the combination of course and
+             * fine gain values.  The result is a number that can be put into
+             * the lookup table to obtain the approximate cable length. */
+            cur_agc_index = (phy_data >> IGP02E1000_AGC_LENGTH_SHIFT) &
+                            IGP02E1000_AGC_LENGTH_MASK;
+
+            /* Array index bound check. */
+            if ((cur_agc_index >= IGP02E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE) ||
+                (cur_agc_index == 0))
+                return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
+
+            /* Remove min & max AGC values from calculation. */
+            if (e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[min_agc_index] >
+                e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[cur_agc_index])
+                min_agc_index = cur_agc_index;
+            if (e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[max_agc_index] <
+                e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[cur_agc_index])
+                max_agc_index = cur_agc_index;
+
+            agc_value += e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[cur_agc_index];
+        }
+
+        agc_value -= (e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[min_agc_index] +
+                      e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[max_agc_index]);
+        agc_value /= (IGP02E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM - 2);
+
+        /* Calculate cable length with the error range of +/- 10 meters. */
+        *min_length = ((agc_value - IGP02E1000_AGC_RANGE) > 0) ?
+                       (agc_value - IGP02E1000_AGC_RANGE) : 0;
+        *max_length = agc_value + IGP02E1000_AGC_RANGE;
+    }
+
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Check the cable polarity
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * polarity - output parameter : 0 - Polarity is not reversed
+ *                               1 - Polarity is reversed.
+ *
+ * returns: - E1000_ERR_XXX
+ *            E1000_SUCCESS
+ *
+ * For phy's older than IGP, this function simply reads the polarity bit in the
+ * Phy Status register.  For IGP phy's, this bit is valid only if link speed is
+ * 10 Mbps.  If the link speed is 100 Mbps there is no polarity so this bit will
+ * return 0.  If the link speed is 1000 Mbps the polarity status is in the
+ * IGP01E1000_PHY_PCS_INIT_REG.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_check_polarity(struct e1000_hw *hw,
+				e1000_rev_polarity *polarity)
+{
+    s32 ret_val;
+    u16 phy_data;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_check_polarity");
+
+    if ((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) ||
+        (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563)) {
+        /* return the Polarity bit in the Status register. */
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS,
+                                     &phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+        *polarity = ((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_REV_POLARITY) >>
+                     M88E1000_PSSR_REV_POLARITY_SHIFT) ?
+                     e1000_rev_polarity_reversed : e1000_rev_polarity_normal;
+
+    } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
+              hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3 ||
+              hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2) {
+        /* Read the Status register to check the speed */
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_STATUS,
+                                     &phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+
+        /* If speed is 1000 Mbps, must read the IGP01E1000_PHY_PCS_INIT_REG to
+         * find the polarity status */
+        if ((phy_data & IGP01E1000_PSSR_SPEED_MASK) ==
+           IGP01E1000_PSSR_SPEED_1000MBPS) {
+
+            /* Read the GIG initialization PCS register (0x00B4) */
+            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PCS_INIT_REG,
+                                         &phy_data);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+
+            /* Check the polarity bits */
+            *polarity = (phy_data & IGP01E1000_PHY_POLARITY_MASK) ?
+                         e1000_rev_polarity_reversed : e1000_rev_polarity_normal;
+        } else {
+            /* For 10 Mbps, read the polarity bit in the status register. (for
+             * 100 Mbps this bit is always 0) */
+            *polarity = (phy_data & IGP01E1000_PSSR_POLARITY_REVERSED) ?
+                         e1000_rev_polarity_reversed : e1000_rev_polarity_normal;
+        }
+    } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_EXTENDED_STATUS_CONTROL,
+                                     &phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+        *polarity = ((phy_data & IFE_PESC_POLARITY_REVERSED) >>
+                     IFE_PESC_POLARITY_REVERSED_SHIFT) ?
+                     e1000_rev_polarity_reversed : e1000_rev_polarity_normal;
+    }
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Check if Downshift occured
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * downshift - output parameter : 0 - No Downshift ocured.
+ *                                1 - Downshift ocured.
+ *
+ * returns: - E1000_ERR_XXX
+ *            E1000_SUCCESS
+ *
+ * For phy's older than IGP, this function reads the Downshift bit in the Phy
+ * Specific Status register.  For IGP phy's, it reads the Downgrade bit in the
+ * Link Health register.  In IGP this bit is latched high, so the driver must
+ * read it immediately after link is established.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_check_downshift(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    s32 ret_val;
+    u16 phy_data;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_check_downshift");
+
+    if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
+        hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3 ||
+        hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2) {
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_LINK_HEALTH,
+                                     &phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+
+        hw->speed_downgraded = (phy_data & IGP01E1000_PLHR_SS_DOWNGRADE) ? 1 : 0;
+    } else if ((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) ||
+               (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563)) {
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS,
+                                     &phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+
+        hw->speed_downgraded = (phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_DOWNSHIFT) >>
+                               M88E1000_PSSR_DOWNSHIFT_SHIFT;
+    } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
+        /* e1000_phy_ife supports 10/100 speed only */
+        hw->speed_downgraded = false;
+    }
+
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * 82541_rev_2 & 82547_rev_2 have the capability to configure the DSP when a
+ * gigabit link is achieved to improve link quality.
+ *
+ * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ * returns: - E1000_ERR_PHY if fail to read/write the PHY
+ *            E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************/
+
+static s32 e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change(struct e1000_hw *hw, bool link_up)
+{
+    s32 ret_val;
+    u16 phy_data, phy_saved_data, speed, duplex, i;
+    u16 dsp_reg_array[IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM] =
+                                        {IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_PARAM_A,
+                                        IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_PARAM_B,
+                                        IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_PARAM_C,
+                                        IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_PARAM_D};
+    u16 min_length, max_length;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change");
+
+    if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_igp)
+        return E1000_SUCCESS;
+
+    if (link_up) {
+        ret_val = e1000_get_speed_and_duplex(hw, &speed, &duplex);
+        if (ret_val) {
+            DEBUGOUT("Error getting link speed and duplex\n");
+            return ret_val;
+        }
+
+        if (speed == SPEED_1000) {
+
+            ret_val = e1000_get_cable_length(hw, &min_length, &max_length);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+
+            if ((hw->dsp_config_state == e1000_dsp_config_enabled) &&
+                min_length >= e1000_igp_cable_length_50) {
+
+                for (i = 0; i < IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM; i++) {
+                    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, dsp_reg_array[i],
+                                                 &phy_data);
+                    if (ret_val)
+                        return ret_val;
+
+                    phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PHY_EDAC_MU_INDEX;
+
+                    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, dsp_reg_array[i],
+                                                  phy_data);
+                    if (ret_val)
+                        return ret_val;
+                }
+                hw->dsp_config_state = e1000_dsp_config_activated;
+            }
+
+            if ((hw->ffe_config_state == e1000_ffe_config_enabled) &&
+               (min_length < e1000_igp_cable_length_50)) {
+
+                u16 ffe_idle_err_timeout = FFE_IDLE_ERR_COUNT_TIMEOUT_20;
+                u32 idle_errs = 0;
+
+                /* clear previous idle error counts */
+                ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_STATUS,
+                                             &phy_data);
+                if (ret_val)
+                    return ret_val;
+
+                for (i = 0; i < ffe_idle_err_timeout; i++) {
+                    udelay(1000);
+                    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_STATUS,
+                                                 &phy_data);
+                    if (ret_val)
+                        return ret_val;
+
+                    idle_errs += (phy_data & SR_1000T_IDLE_ERROR_CNT);
+                    if (idle_errs > SR_1000T_PHY_EXCESSIVE_IDLE_ERR_COUNT) {
+                        hw->ffe_config_state = e1000_ffe_config_active;
+
+                        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw,
+                                    IGP01E1000_PHY_DSP_FFE,
+                                    IGP01E1000_PHY_DSP_FFE_CM_CP);
+                        if (ret_val)
+                            return ret_val;
+                        break;
+                    }
+
+                    if (idle_errs)
+                        ffe_idle_err_timeout = FFE_IDLE_ERR_COUNT_TIMEOUT_100;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    } else {
+        if (hw->dsp_config_state == e1000_dsp_config_activated) {
+            /* Save off the current value of register 0x2F5B to be restored at
+             * the end of the routines. */
+            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, &phy_saved_data);
+
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+
+            /* Disable the PHY transmitter */
+            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, 0x0003);
+
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+
+            mdelay(20);
+
+            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000,
+                                          IGP01E1000_IEEE_FORCE_GIGA);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+            for (i = 0; i < IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM; i++) {
+                ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, dsp_reg_array[i], &phy_data);
+                if (ret_val)
+                    return ret_val;
+
+                phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PHY_EDAC_MU_INDEX;
+                phy_data |=  IGP01E1000_PHY_EDAC_SIGN_EXT_9_BITS;
+
+                ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw,dsp_reg_array[i], phy_data);
+                if (ret_val)
+                    return ret_val;
+            }
+
+            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000,
+                                          IGP01E1000_IEEE_RESTART_AUTONEG);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+
+            mdelay(20);
+
+            /* Now enable the transmitter */
+            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, phy_saved_data);
+
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+
+            hw->dsp_config_state = e1000_dsp_config_enabled;
+        }
+
+        if (hw->ffe_config_state == e1000_ffe_config_active) {
+            /* Save off the current value of register 0x2F5B to be restored at
+             * the end of the routines. */
+            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, &phy_saved_data);
+
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+
+            /* Disable the PHY transmitter */
+            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, 0x0003);
+
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+
+            mdelay(20);
+
+            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000,
+                                          IGP01E1000_IEEE_FORCE_GIGA);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_DSP_FFE,
+                                          IGP01E1000_PHY_DSP_FFE_DEFAULT);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+
+            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000,
+                                          IGP01E1000_IEEE_RESTART_AUTONEG);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+
+            mdelay(20);
+
+            /* Now enable the transmitter */
+            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, phy_saved_data);
+
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+
+            hw->ffe_config_state = e1000_ffe_config_enabled;
+        }
+    }
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ * Set PHY to class A mode
+ * Assumes the following operations will follow to enable the new class mode.
+ *  1. Do a PHY soft reset
+ *  2. Restart auto-negotiation or force link.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ ****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_set_phy_mode(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    s32 ret_val;
+    u16 eeprom_data;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_phy_mode");
+
+    if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82545_rev_3) &&
+        (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper)) {
+        ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_PHY_CLASS_WORD, 1, &eeprom_data);
+        if (ret_val) {
+            return ret_val;
+        }
+
+        if ((eeprom_data != EEPROM_RESERVED_WORD) &&
+            (eeprom_data & EEPROM_PHY_CLASS_A)) {
+            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x000B);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0x8104);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+
+            hw->phy_reset_disable = false;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * This function sets the lplu state according to the active flag.  When
+ * activating lplu this function also disables smart speed and vise versa.
+ * lplu will not be activated unless the device autonegotiation advertisment
+ * meets standards of either 10 or 10/100 or 10/100/1000 at all duplexes.
+ * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * active - true to enable lplu false to disable lplu.
+ *
+ * returns: - E1000_ERR_PHY if fail to read/write the PHY
+ *            E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************/
+
+static s32 e1000_set_d3_lplu_state(struct e1000_hw *hw, bool active)
+{
+    u32 phy_ctrl = 0;
+    s32 ret_val;
+    u16 phy_data;
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_d3_lplu_state");
+
+    if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_igp && hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_igp_2
+        && hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_igp_3)
+        return E1000_SUCCESS;
+
+    /* During driver activity LPLU should not be used or it will attain link
+     * from the lowest speeds starting from 10Mbps. The capability is used for
+     * Dx transitions and states */
+    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82541_rev_2 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82547_rev_2) {
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO, &phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+    } else if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
+        /* MAC writes into PHY register based on the state transition
+         * and start auto-negotiation. SW driver can overwrite the settings
+         * in CSR PHY power control E1000_PHY_CTRL register. */
+        phy_ctrl = er32(PHY_CTRL);
+    } else {
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT, &phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+    }
+
+    if (!active) {
+        if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82541_rev_2 ||
+            hw->mac_type == e1000_82547_rev_2) {
+            phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_GMII_FLEX_SPD;
+            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO, phy_data);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+        } else {
+            if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
+                phy_ctrl &= ~E1000_PHY_CTRL_NOND0A_LPLU;
+                ew32(PHY_CTRL, phy_ctrl);
+            } else {
+                phy_data &= ~IGP02E1000_PM_D3_LPLU;
+                ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT,
+                                              phy_data);
+                if (ret_val)
+                    return ret_val;
+            }
+        }
+
+        /* LPLU and SmartSpeed are mutually exclusive.  LPLU is used during
+         * Dx states where the power conservation is most important.  During
+         * driver activity we should enable SmartSpeed, so performance is
+         * maintained. */
+        if (hw->smart_speed == e1000_smart_speed_on) {
+            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
+                                         &phy_data);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+
+            phy_data |= IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
+            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
+                                          phy_data);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+        } else if (hw->smart_speed == e1000_smart_speed_off) {
+            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
+                                         &phy_data);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+
+            phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
+            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
+                                          phy_data);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+        }
+
+    } else if ((hw->autoneg_advertised == AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_SPEED_DEFAULT) ||
+               (hw->autoneg_advertised == AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_10_ALL ) ||
+               (hw->autoneg_advertised == AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_10_100_ALL)) {
+
+        if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82541_rev_2 ||
+            hw->mac_type == e1000_82547_rev_2) {
+            phy_data |= IGP01E1000_GMII_FLEX_SPD;
+            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO, phy_data);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+        } else {
+            if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
+                phy_ctrl |= E1000_PHY_CTRL_NOND0A_LPLU;
+                ew32(PHY_CTRL, phy_ctrl);
+            } else {
+                phy_data |= IGP02E1000_PM_D3_LPLU;
+                ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT,
+                                              phy_data);
+                if (ret_val)
+                    return ret_val;
+            }
+        }
+
+        /* When LPLU is enabled we should disable SmartSpeed */
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG, &phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+
+        phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
+        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG, phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+
+    }
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * This function sets the lplu d0 state according to the active flag.  When
+ * activating lplu this function also disables smart speed and vise versa.
+ * lplu will not be activated unless the device autonegotiation advertisment
+ * meets standards of either 10 or 10/100 or 10/100/1000 at all duplexes.
+ * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * active - true to enable lplu false to disable lplu.
+ *
+ * returns: - E1000_ERR_PHY if fail to read/write the PHY
+ *            E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************/
+
+static s32 e1000_set_d0_lplu_state(struct e1000_hw *hw, bool active)
+{
+    u32 phy_ctrl = 0;
+    s32 ret_val;
+    u16 phy_data;
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_d0_lplu_state");
+
+    if (hw->mac_type <= e1000_82547_rev_2)
+        return E1000_SUCCESS;
+
+    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
+        phy_ctrl = er32(PHY_CTRL);
+    } else {
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT, &phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+    }
+
+    if (!active) {
+        if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
+            phy_ctrl &= ~E1000_PHY_CTRL_D0A_LPLU;
+            ew32(PHY_CTRL, phy_ctrl);
+        } else {
+            phy_data &= ~IGP02E1000_PM_D0_LPLU;
+            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT, phy_data);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+        }
+
+        /* LPLU and SmartSpeed are mutually exclusive.  LPLU is used during
+         * Dx states where the power conservation is most important.  During
+         * driver activity we should enable SmartSpeed, so performance is
+         * maintained. */
+        if (hw->smart_speed == e1000_smart_speed_on) {
+            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
+                                         &phy_data);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+
+            phy_data |= IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
+            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
+                                          phy_data);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+        } else if (hw->smart_speed == e1000_smart_speed_off) {
+            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
+                                         &phy_data);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+
+            phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
+            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
+                                          phy_data);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+        }
+
+
+    } else {
+
+        if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
+            phy_ctrl |= E1000_PHY_CTRL_D0A_LPLU;
+            ew32(PHY_CTRL, phy_ctrl);
+        } else {
+            phy_data |= IGP02E1000_PM_D0_LPLU;
+            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT, phy_data);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+        }
+
+        /* When LPLU is enabled we should disable SmartSpeed */
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG, &phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+
+        phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
+        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG, phy_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+
+    }
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Change VCO speed register to improve Bit Error Rate performance of SERDES.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_set_vco_speed(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    s32  ret_val;
+    u16 default_page = 0;
+    u16 phy_data;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_vco_speed");
+
+    switch (hw->mac_type) {
+    case e1000_82545_rev_3:
+    case e1000_82546_rev_3:
+       break;
+    default:
+        return E1000_SUCCESS;
+    }
+
+    /* Set PHY register 30, page 5, bit 8 to 0 */
+
+    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, &default_page);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+
+    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0005);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+
+    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, &phy_data);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+
+    phy_data &= ~M88E1000_PHY_VCO_REG_BIT8;
+    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, phy_data);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+
+    /* Set PHY register 30, page 4, bit 11 to 1 */
+
+    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0004);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+
+    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, &phy_data);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+
+    phy_data |= M88E1000_PHY_VCO_REG_BIT11;
+    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, phy_data);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+
+    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, default_page);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ * This function reads the cookie from ARC ram.
+ *
+ * returns: - E1000_SUCCESS .
+ ****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_host_if_read_cookie(struct e1000_hw *hw, u8 *buffer)
+{
+    u8 i;
+    u32 offset = E1000_MNG_DHCP_COOKIE_OFFSET;
+    u8 length = E1000_MNG_DHCP_COOKIE_LENGTH;
+
+    length = (length >> 2);
+    offset = (offset >> 2);
+
+    for (i = 0; i < length; i++) {
+        *((u32 *)buffer + i) =
+            E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset + i);
+    }
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ * This function checks whether the HOST IF is enabled for command operaton
+ * and also checks whether the previous command is completed.
+ * It busy waits in case of previous command is not completed.
+ *
+ * returns: - E1000_ERR_HOST_INTERFACE_COMMAND in case if is not ready or
+ *            timeout
+ *          - E1000_SUCCESS for success.
+ ****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_mng_enable_host_if(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    u32 hicr;
+    u8 i;
+
+    /* Check that the host interface is enabled. */
+    hicr = er32(HICR);
+    if ((hicr & E1000_HICR_EN) == 0) {
+        DEBUGOUT("E1000_HOST_EN bit disabled.\n");
+        return -E1000_ERR_HOST_INTERFACE_COMMAND;
+    }
+    /* check the previous command is completed */
+    for (i = 0; i < E1000_MNG_DHCP_COMMAND_TIMEOUT; i++) {
+        hicr = er32(HICR);
+        if (!(hicr & E1000_HICR_C))
+            break;
+        mdelay(1);
+    }
+
+    if (i == E1000_MNG_DHCP_COMMAND_TIMEOUT) {
+        DEBUGOUT("Previous command timeout failed .\n");
+        return -E1000_ERR_HOST_INTERFACE_COMMAND;
+    }
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ * This function writes the buffer content at the offset given on the host if.
+ * It also does alignment considerations to do the writes in most efficient way.
+ * Also fills up the sum of the buffer in *buffer parameter.
+ *
+ * returns  - E1000_SUCCESS for success.
+ ****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_mng_host_if_write(struct e1000_hw *hw, u8 *buffer, u16 length,
+				   u16 offset, u8 *sum)
+{
+    u8 *tmp;
+    u8 *bufptr = buffer;
+    u32 data = 0;
+    u16 remaining, i, j, prev_bytes;
+
+    /* sum = only sum of the data and it is not checksum */
+
+    if (length == 0 || offset + length > E1000_HI_MAX_MNG_DATA_LENGTH) {
+        return -E1000_ERR_PARAM;
+    }
+
+    tmp = (u8 *)&data;
+    prev_bytes = offset & 0x3;
+    offset &= 0xFFFC;
+    offset >>= 2;
+
+    if (prev_bytes) {
+        data = E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset);
+        for (j = prev_bytes; j < sizeof(u32); j++) {
+            *(tmp + j) = *bufptr++;
+            *sum += *(tmp + j);
+        }
+        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset, data);
+        length -= j - prev_bytes;
+        offset++;
+    }
+
+    remaining = length & 0x3;
+    length -= remaining;
+
+    /* Calculate length in DWORDs */
+    length >>= 2;
+
+    /* The device driver writes the relevant command block into the
+     * ram area. */
+    for (i = 0; i < length; i++) {
+        for (j = 0; j < sizeof(u32); j++) {
+            *(tmp + j) = *bufptr++;
+            *sum += *(tmp + j);
+        }
+
+        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset + i, data);
+    }
+    if (remaining) {
+        for (j = 0; j < sizeof(u32); j++) {
+            if (j < remaining)
+                *(tmp + j) = *bufptr++;
+            else
+                *(tmp + j) = 0;
+
+            *sum += *(tmp + j);
+        }
+        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset + i, data);
+    }
+
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ * This function writes the command header after does the checksum calculation.
+ *
+ * returns  - E1000_SUCCESS for success.
+ ****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_mng_write_cmd_header(struct e1000_hw *hw,
+				      struct e1000_host_mng_command_header *hdr)
+{
+    u16 i;
+    u8 sum;
+    u8 *buffer;
+
+    /* Write the whole command header structure which includes sum of
+     * the buffer */
+
+    u16 length = sizeof(struct e1000_host_mng_command_header);
+
+    sum = hdr->checksum;
+    hdr->checksum = 0;
+
+    buffer = (u8 *)hdr;
+    i = length;
+    while (i--)
+        sum += buffer[i];
+
+    hdr->checksum = 0 - sum;
+
+    length >>= 2;
+    /* The device driver writes the relevant command block into the ram area. */
+    for (i = 0; i < length; i++) {
+        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, i, *((u32 *)hdr + i));
+        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+    }
+
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ * This function indicates to ARC that a new command is pending which completes
+ * one write operation by the driver.
+ *
+ * returns  - E1000_SUCCESS for success.
+ ****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_mng_write_commit(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    u32 hicr;
+
+    hicr = er32(HICR);
+    /* Setting this bit tells the ARC that a new command is pending. */
+    ew32(HICR, hicr | E1000_HICR_C);
+
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ * This function checks the mode of the firmware.
+ *
+ * returns  - true when the mode is IAMT or false.
+ ****************************************************************************/
+bool e1000_check_mng_mode(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    u32 fwsm;
+
+    fwsm = er32(FWSM);
+
+    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
+        if ((fwsm & E1000_FWSM_MODE_MASK) ==
+            (E1000_MNG_ICH_IAMT_MODE << E1000_FWSM_MODE_SHIFT))
+            return true;
+    } else if ((fwsm & E1000_FWSM_MODE_MASK) ==
+               (E1000_MNG_IAMT_MODE << E1000_FWSM_MODE_SHIFT))
+        return true;
+
+    return false;
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ * This function writes the dhcp info .
+ ****************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_mng_write_dhcp_info(struct e1000_hw *hw, u8 *buffer, u16 length)
+{
+    s32 ret_val;
+    struct e1000_host_mng_command_header hdr;
+
+    hdr.command_id = E1000_MNG_DHCP_TX_PAYLOAD_CMD;
+    hdr.command_length = length;
+    hdr.reserved1 = 0;
+    hdr.reserved2 = 0;
+    hdr.checksum = 0;
+
+    ret_val = e1000_mng_enable_host_if(hw);
+    if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS) {
+        ret_val = e1000_mng_host_if_write(hw, buffer, length, sizeof(hdr),
+                                          &(hdr.checksum));
+        if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS) {
+            ret_val = e1000_mng_write_cmd_header(hw, &hdr);
+            if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS)
+                ret_val = e1000_mng_write_commit(hw);
+        }
+    }
+    return ret_val;
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ * This function calculates the checksum.
+ *
+ * returns  - checksum of buffer contents.
+ ****************************************************************************/
+static u8 e1000_calculate_mng_checksum(char *buffer, u32 length)
+{
+    u8 sum = 0;
+    u32 i;
+
+    if (!buffer)
+        return 0;
+
+    for (i=0; i < length; i++)
+        sum += buffer[i];
+
+    return (u8)(0 - sum);
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ * This function checks whether tx pkt filtering needs to be enabled or not.
+ *
+ * returns  - true for packet filtering or false.
+ ****************************************************************************/
+bool e1000_enable_tx_pkt_filtering(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    /* called in init as well as watchdog timer functions */
+
+    s32 ret_val, checksum;
+    bool tx_filter = false;
+    struct e1000_host_mng_dhcp_cookie *hdr = &(hw->mng_cookie);
+    u8 *buffer = (u8 *) &(hw->mng_cookie);
+
+    if (e1000_check_mng_mode(hw)) {
+        ret_val = e1000_mng_enable_host_if(hw);
+        if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS) {
+            ret_val = e1000_host_if_read_cookie(hw, buffer);
+            if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS) {
+                checksum = hdr->checksum;
+                hdr->checksum = 0;
+                if ((hdr->signature == E1000_IAMT_SIGNATURE) &&
+                    checksum == e1000_calculate_mng_checksum((char *)buffer,
+                                               E1000_MNG_DHCP_COOKIE_LENGTH)) {
+                    if (hdr->status &
+                        E1000_MNG_DHCP_COOKIE_STATUS_PARSING_SUPPORT)
+                        tx_filter = true;
+                } else
+                    tx_filter = true;
+            } else
+                tx_filter = true;
+        }
+    }
+
+    hw->tx_pkt_filtering = tx_filter;
+    return tx_filter;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Verifies the hardware needs to allow ARPs to be processed by the host
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ * returns: - true/false
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+u32 e1000_enable_mng_pass_thru(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    u32 manc;
+    u32 fwsm, factps;
+
+    if (hw->asf_firmware_present) {
+        manc = er32(MANC);
+
+        if (!(manc & E1000_MANC_RCV_TCO_EN) ||
+            !(manc & E1000_MANC_EN_MAC_ADDR_FILTER))
+            return false;
+        if (e1000_arc_subsystem_valid(hw)) {
+            fwsm = er32(FWSM);
+            factps = er32(FACTPS);
+
+            if ((((fwsm & E1000_FWSM_MODE_MASK) >> E1000_FWSM_MODE_SHIFT) ==
+                   e1000_mng_mode_pt) && !(factps & E1000_FACTPS_MNGCG))
+                return true;
+        } else
+            if ((manc & E1000_MANC_SMBUS_EN) && !(manc & E1000_MANC_ASF_EN))
+                return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+static s32 e1000_polarity_reversal_workaround(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    s32 ret_val;
+    u16 mii_status_reg;
+    u16 i;
+
+    /* Polarity reversal workaround for forced 10F/10H links. */
+
+    /* Disable the transmitter on the PHY */
+
+    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0019);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0xFFFF);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+
+    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0000);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+
+    /* This loop will early-out if the NO link condition has been met. */
+    for (i = PHY_FORCE_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
+        /* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Link Status bit
+         * to be clear.
+         */
+
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+
+        if ((mii_status_reg & ~MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) == 0) break;
+        mdelay(100);
+    }
+
+    /* Recommended delay time after link has been lost */
+    mdelay(1000);
+
+    /* Now we will re-enable th transmitter on the PHY */
+
+    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0019);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+    mdelay(50);
+    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0xFFF0);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+    mdelay(50);
+    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0xFF00);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+    mdelay(50);
+    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0x0000);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+
+    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0000);
+    if (ret_val)
+        return ret_val;
+
+    /* This loop will early-out if the link condition has been met. */
+    for (i = PHY_FORCE_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
+        /* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Link Status bit
+         * to be set.
+         */
+
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+
+        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+
+        if (mii_status_reg & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) break;
+        mdelay(100);
+    }
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Disables PCI-Express master access.
+ *
+ * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ * returns: - none.
+ *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+static void e1000_set_pci_express_master_disable(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    u32 ctrl;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_pci_express_master_disable");
+
+    if (hw->bus_type != e1000_bus_type_pci_express)
+        return;
+
+    ctrl = er32(CTRL);
+    ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_GIO_MASTER_DISABLE;
+    ew32(CTRL, ctrl);
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Disables PCI-Express master access and verifies there are no pending requests
+ *
+ * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ * returns: - E1000_ERR_MASTER_REQUESTS_PENDING if master disable bit hasn't
+ *            caused the master requests to be disabled.
+ *            E1000_SUCCESS master requests disabled.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_disable_pciex_master(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    s32 timeout = MASTER_DISABLE_TIMEOUT;   /* 80ms */
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_disable_pciex_master");
+
+    if (hw->bus_type != e1000_bus_type_pci_express)
+        return E1000_SUCCESS;
+
+    e1000_set_pci_express_master_disable(hw);
+
+    while (timeout) {
+        if (!(er32(STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_GIO_MASTER_ENABLE))
+            break;
+        else
+            udelay(100);
+        timeout--;
+    }
+
+    if (!timeout) {
+        DEBUGOUT("Master requests are pending.\n");
+        return -E1000_ERR_MASTER_REQUESTS_PENDING;
+    }
+
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Check for EEPROM Auto Read bit done.
+ *
+ * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ * returns: - E1000_ERR_RESET if fail to reset MAC
+ *            E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_get_auto_rd_done(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    s32 timeout = AUTO_READ_DONE_TIMEOUT;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_auto_rd_done");
+
+    switch (hw->mac_type) {
+    default:
+        msleep(5);
+        break;
+    case e1000_82571:
+    case e1000_82572:
+    case e1000_82573:
+    case e1000_80003es2lan:
+    case e1000_ich8lan:
+        while (timeout) {
+            if (er32(EECD) & E1000_EECD_AUTO_RD)
+                break;
+            else msleep(1);
+            timeout--;
+        }
+
+        if (!timeout) {
+            DEBUGOUT("Auto read by HW from EEPROM has not completed.\n");
+            return -E1000_ERR_RESET;
+        }
+        break;
+    }
+
+    /* PHY configuration from NVM just starts after EECD_AUTO_RD sets to high.
+     * Need to wait for PHY configuration completion before accessing NVM
+     * and PHY. */
+    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573)
+        msleep(25);
+
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Checks if the PHY configuration is done
+ *
+ * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ * returns: - E1000_ERR_RESET if fail to reset MAC
+ *            E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
+ *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_get_phy_cfg_done(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    s32 timeout = PHY_CFG_TIMEOUT;
+    u32 cfg_mask = E1000_EEPROM_CFG_DONE;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_phy_cfg_done");
+
+    switch (hw->mac_type) {
+    default:
+        mdelay(10);
+        break;
+    case e1000_80003es2lan:
+        /* Separate *_CFG_DONE_* bit for each port */
+        if (er32(STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)
+            cfg_mask = E1000_EEPROM_CFG_DONE_PORT_1;
+        /* Fall Through */
+    case e1000_82571:
+    case e1000_82572:
+        while (timeout) {
+            if (er32(EEMNGCTL) & cfg_mask)
+                break;
+            else
+                msleep(1);
+            timeout--;
+        }
+        if (!timeout) {
+            DEBUGOUT("MNG configuration cycle has not completed.\n");
+            return -E1000_ERR_RESET;
+        }
+        break;
+    }
+
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Using the combination of SMBI and SWESMBI semaphore bits when resetting
+ * adapter or Eeprom access.
+ *
+ * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ * returns: - E1000_ERR_EEPROM if fail to access EEPROM.
+ *            E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
+ *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    s32 timeout;
+    u32 swsm;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore");
+
+    if (!hw->eeprom_semaphore_present)
+        return E1000_SUCCESS;
+
+    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) {
+        /* Get the SW semaphore. */
+        if (e1000_get_software_semaphore(hw) != E1000_SUCCESS)
+            return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+    }
+
+    /* Get the FW semaphore. */
+    timeout = hw->eeprom.word_size + 1;
+    while (timeout) {
+        swsm = er32(SWSM);
+        swsm |= E1000_SWSM_SWESMBI;
+        ew32(SWSM, swsm);
+        /* if we managed to set the bit we got the semaphore. */
+        swsm = er32(SWSM);
+        if (swsm & E1000_SWSM_SWESMBI)
+            break;
+
+        udelay(50);
+        timeout--;
+    }
+
+    if (!timeout) {
+        /* Release semaphores */
+        e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);
+        DEBUGOUT("Driver can't access the Eeprom - SWESMBI bit is set.\n");
+        return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+    }
+
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * This function clears HW semaphore bits.
+ *
+ * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ * returns: - None.
+ *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+static void e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    u32 swsm;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore");
+
+    if (!hw->eeprom_semaphore_present)
+        return;
+
+    swsm = er32(SWSM);
+    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) {
+        /* Release both semaphores. */
+        swsm &= ~(E1000_SWSM_SMBI | E1000_SWSM_SWESMBI);
+    } else
+        swsm &= ~(E1000_SWSM_SWESMBI);
+    ew32(SWSM, swsm);
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Obtaining software semaphore bit (SMBI) before resetting PHY.
+ *
+ * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ * returns: - E1000_ERR_RESET if fail to obtain semaphore.
+ *            E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
+ *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_get_software_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    s32 timeout = hw->eeprom.word_size + 1;
+    u32 swsm;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_software_semaphore");
+
+    if (hw->mac_type != e1000_80003es2lan) {
+        return E1000_SUCCESS;
+    }
+
+    while (timeout) {
+        swsm = er32(SWSM);
+        /* If SMBI bit cleared, it is now set and we hold the semaphore */
+        if (!(swsm & E1000_SWSM_SMBI))
+            break;
+        mdelay(1);
+        timeout--;
+    }
+
+    if (!timeout) {
+        DEBUGOUT("Driver can't access device - SMBI bit is set.\n");
+        return -E1000_ERR_RESET;
+    }
+
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Release semaphore bit (SMBI).
+ *
+ * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+static void e1000_release_software_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    u32 swsm;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_release_software_semaphore");
+
+    if (hw->mac_type != e1000_80003es2lan) {
+        return;
+    }
+
+    swsm = er32(SWSM);
+    /* Release the SW semaphores.*/
+    swsm &= ~E1000_SWSM_SMBI;
+    ew32(SWSM, swsm);
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Checks if PHY reset is blocked due to SOL/IDER session, for example.
+ * Returning E1000_BLK_PHY_RESET isn't necessarily an error.  But it's up to
+ * the caller to figure out how to deal with it.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ * returns: - E1000_BLK_PHY_RESET
+ *            E1000_SUCCESS
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_check_phy_reset_block(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    u32 manc = 0;
+    u32 fwsm = 0;
+
+    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
+        fwsm = er32(FWSM);
+        return (fwsm & E1000_FWSM_RSPCIPHY) ? E1000_SUCCESS
+                                            : E1000_BLK_PHY_RESET;
+    }
+
+    if (hw->mac_type > e1000_82547_rev_2)
+        manc = er32(MANC);
+    return (manc & E1000_MANC_BLK_PHY_RST_ON_IDE) ?
+        E1000_BLK_PHY_RESET : E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+static u8 e1000_arc_subsystem_valid(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    u32 fwsm;
+
+    /* On 8257x silicon, registers in the range of 0x8800 - 0x8FFC
+     * may not be provided a DMA clock when no manageability features are
+     * enabled.  We do not want to perform any reads/writes to these registers
+     * if this is the case.  We read FWSM to determine the manageability mode.
+     */
+    switch (hw->mac_type) {
+    case e1000_82571:
+    case e1000_82572:
+    case e1000_82573:
+    case e1000_80003es2lan:
+        fwsm = er32(FWSM);
+        if ((fwsm & E1000_FWSM_MODE_MASK) != 0)
+            return true;
+        break;
+    case e1000_ich8lan:
+        return true;
+    default:
+        break;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Configure PCI-Ex no-snoop
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code.
+ * no_snoop - Bitmap of no-snoop events.
+ *
+ * returns: E1000_SUCCESS
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_set_pci_ex_no_snoop(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 no_snoop)
+{
+    u32 gcr_reg = 0;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_pci_ex_no_snoop");
+
+    if (hw->bus_type == e1000_bus_type_unknown)
+        e1000_get_bus_info(hw);
+
+    if (hw->bus_type != e1000_bus_type_pci_express)
+        return E1000_SUCCESS;
+
+    if (no_snoop) {
+        gcr_reg = er32(GCR);
+        gcr_reg &= ~(PCI_EX_NO_SNOOP_ALL);
+        gcr_reg |= no_snoop;
+        ew32(GCR, gcr_reg);
+    }
+    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
+        u32 ctrl_ext;
+
+        ew32(GCR, PCI_EX_82566_SNOOP_ALL);
+
+        ctrl_ext = er32(CTRL_EXT);
+        ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_RO_DIS;
+        ew32(CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
+    }
+
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Get software semaphore FLAG bit (SWFLAG).
+ * SWFLAG is used to synchronize the access to all shared resource between
+ * SW, FW and HW.
+ *
+ * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_get_software_flag(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    s32 timeout = PHY_CFG_TIMEOUT;
+    u32 extcnf_ctrl;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_software_flag");
+
+    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
+        while (timeout) {
+            extcnf_ctrl = er32(EXTCNF_CTRL);
+            extcnf_ctrl |= E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_SWFLAG;
+            ew32(EXTCNF_CTRL, extcnf_ctrl);
+
+            extcnf_ctrl = er32(EXTCNF_CTRL);
+            if (extcnf_ctrl & E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_SWFLAG)
+                break;
+            mdelay(1);
+            timeout--;
+        }
+
+        if (!timeout) {
+            DEBUGOUT("FW or HW locks the resource too long.\n");
+            return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Release software semaphore FLAG bit (SWFLAG).
+ * SWFLAG is used to synchronize the access to all shared resource between
+ * SW, FW and HW.
+ *
+ * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+static void e1000_release_software_flag(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    u32 extcnf_ctrl;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_release_software_flag");
+
+    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
+        extcnf_ctrl= er32(EXTCNF_CTRL);
+        extcnf_ctrl &= ~E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_SWFLAG;
+        ew32(EXTCNF_CTRL, extcnf_ctrl);
+    }
+
+    return;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Reads a 16 bit word or words from the EEPROM using the ICH8's flash access
+ * register.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * offset - offset of word in the EEPROM to read
+ * data - word read from the EEPROM
+ * words - number of words to read
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_read_eeprom_ich8(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 offset, u16 words,
+				  u16 *data)
+{
+    s32  error = E1000_SUCCESS;
+    u32 flash_bank = 0;
+    u32 act_offset = 0;
+    u32 bank_offset = 0;
+    u16 word = 0;
+    u16 i = 0;
+
+    /* We need to know which is the valid flash bank.  In the event
+     * that we didn't allocate eeprom_shadow_ram, we may not be
+     * managing flash_bank.  So it cannot be trusted and needs
+     * to be updated with each read.
+     */
+    /* Value of bit 22 corresponds to the flash bank we're on. */
+    flash_bank = (er32(EECD) & E1000_EECD_SEC1VAL) ? 1 : 0;
+
+    /* Adjust offset appropriately if we're on bank 1 - adjust for word size */
+    bank_offset = flash_bank * (hw->flash_bank_size * 2);
+
+    error = e1000_get_software_flag(hw);
+    if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
+        return error;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
+        if (hw->eeprom_shadow_ram != NULL &&
+            hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[offset+i].modified) {
+            data[i] = hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[offset+i].eeprom_word;
+        } else {
+            /* The NVM part needs a byte offset, hence * 2 */
+            act_offset = bank_offset + ((offset + i) * 2);
+            error = e1000_read_ich8_word(hw, act_offset, &word);
+            if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
+                break;
+            data[i] = word;
+        }
+    }
+
+    e1000_release_software_flag(hw);
+
+    return error;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Writes a 16 bit word or words to the EEPROM using the ICH8's flash access
+ * register.  Actually, writes are written to the shadow ram cache in the hw
+ * structure hw->e1000_shadow_ram.  e1000_commit_shadow_ram flushes this to
+ * the NVM, which occurs when the NVM checksum is updated.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * offset - offset of word in the EEPROM to write
+ * words - number of words to write
+ * data - words to write to the EEPROM
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_write_eeprom_ich8(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 offset, u16 words,
+				   u16 *data)
+{
+    u32 i = 0;
+    s32 error = E1000_SUCCESS;
+
+    error = e1000_get_software_flag(hw);
+    if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
+        return error;
+
+    /* A driver can write to the NVM only if it has eeprom_shadow_ram
+     * allocated.  Subsequent reads to the modified words are read from
+     * this cached structure as well.  Writes will only go into this
+     * cached structure unless it's followed by a call to
+     * e1000_update_eeprom_checksum() where it will commit the changes
+     * and clear the "modified" field.
+     */
+    if (hw->eeprom_shadow_ram != NULL) {
+        for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
+            if ((offset + i) < E1000_SHADOW_RAM_WORDS) {
+                hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[offset+i].modified = true;
+                hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[offset+i].eeprom_word = data[i];
+            } else {
+                error = -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    } else {
+        /* Drivers have the option to not allocate eeprom_shadow_ram as long
+         * as they don't perform any NVM writes.  An attempt in doing so
+         * will result in this error.
+         */
+        error = -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+    }
+
+    e1000_release_software_flag(hw);
+
+    return error;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * This function does initial flash setup so that a new read/write/erase cycle
+ * can be started.
+ *
+ * hw - The pointer to the hw structure
+ ****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_ich8_cycle_init(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    union ich8_hws_flash_status hsfsts;
+    s32 error = E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+    s32 i     = 0;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_ich8_cycle_init");
+
+    hsfsts.regval = E1000_READ_ICH_FLASH_REG16(hw, ICH_FLASH_HSFSTS);
+
+    /* May be check the Flash Des Valid bit in Hw status */
+    if (hsfsts.hsf_status.fldesvalid == 0) {
+        DEBUGOUT("Flash descriptor invalid.  SW Sequencing must be used.");
+        return error;
+    }
+
+    /* Clear FCERR in Hw status by writing 1 */
+    /* Clear DAEL in Hw status by writing a 1 */
+    hsfsts.hsf_status.flcerr = 1;
+    hsfsts.hsf_status.dael = 1;
+
+    E1000_WRITE_ICH_FLASH_REG16(hw, ICH_FLASH_HSFSTS, hsfsts.regval);
+
+    /* Either we should have a hardware SPI cycle in progress bit to check
+     * against, in order to start a new cycle or FDONE bit should be changed
+     * in the hardware so that it is 1 after harware reset, which can then be
+     * used as an indication whether a cycle is in progress or has been
+     * completed .. we should also have some software semaphore mechanism to
+     * guard FDONE or the cycle in progress bit so that two threads access to
+     * those bits can be sequentiallized or a way so that 2 threads dont
+     * start the cycle at the same time */
+
+    if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcinprog == 0) {
+        /* There is no cycle running at present, so we can start a cycle */
+        /* Begin by setting Flash Cycle Done. */
+        hsfsts.hsf_status.flcdone = 1;
+        E1000_WRITE_ICH_FLASH_REG16(hw, ICH_FLASH_HSFSTS, hsfsts.regval);
+        error = E1000_SUCCESS;
+    } else {
+        /* otherwise poll for sometime so the current cycle has a chance
+         * to end before giving up. */
+        for (i = 0; i < ICH_FLASH_COMMAND_TIMEOUT; i++) {
+            hsfsts.regval = E1000_READ_ICH_FLASH_REG16(hw, ICH_FLASH_HSFSTS);
+            if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcinprog == 0) {
+                error = E1000_SUCCESS;
+                break;
+            }
+            udelay(1);
+        }
+        if (error == E1000_SUCCESS) {
+            /* Successful in waiting for previous cycle to timeout,
+             * now set the Flash Cycle Done. */
+            hsfsts.hsf_status.flcdone = 1;
+            E1000_WRITE_ICH_FLASH_REG16(hw, ICH_FLASH_HSFSTS, hsfsts.regval);
+        } else {
+            DEBUGOUT("Flash controller busy, cannot get access");
+        }
+    }
+    return error;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * This function starts a flash cycle and waits for its completion
+ *
+ * hw - The pointer to the hw structure
+ ****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_ich8_flash_cycle(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 timeout)
+{
+    union ich8_hws_flash_ctrl hsflctl;
+    union ich8_hws_flash_status hsfsts;
+    s32 error = E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+    u32 i = 0;
+
+    /* Start a cycle by writing 1 in Flash Cycle Go in Hw Flash Control */
+    hsflctl.regval = E1000_READ_ICH_FLASH_REG16(hw, ICH_FLASH_HSFCTL);
+    hsflctl.hsf_ctrl.flcgo = 1;
+    E1000_WRITE_ICH_FLASH_REG16(hw, ICH_FLASH_HSFCTL, hsflctl.regval);
+
+    /* wait till FDONE bit is set to 1 */
+    do {
+        hsfsts.regval = E1000_READ_ICH_FLASH_REG16(hw, ICH_FLASH_HSFSTS);
+        if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcdone == 1)
+            break;
+        udelay(1);
+        i++;
+    } while (i < timeout);
+    if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcdone == 1 && hsfsts.hsf_status.flcerr == 0) {
+        error = E1000_SUCCESS;
+    }
+    return error;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Reads a byte or word from the NVM using the ICH8 flash access registers.
+ *
+ * hw - The pointer to the hw structure
+ * index - The index of the byte or word to read.
+ * size - Size of data to read, 1=byte 2=word
+ * data - Pointer to the word to store the value read.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_read_ich8_data(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 index, u32 size,
+				u16 *data)
+{
+    union ich8_hws_flash_status hsfsts;
+    union ich8_hws_flash_ctrl hsflctl;
+    u32 flash_linear_address;
+    u32 flash_data = 0;
+    s32 error = -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+    s32 count = 0;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_ich8_data");
+
+    if (size < 1  || size > 2 || data == NULL ||
+        index > ICH_FLASH_LINEAR_ADDR_MASK)
+        return error;
+
+    flash_linear_address = (ICH_FLASH_LINEAR_ADDR_MASK & index) +
+                           hw->flash_base_addr;
+
+    do {
+        udelay(1);
+        /* Steps */
+        error = e1000_ich8_cycle_init(hw);
+        if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
+            break;
+
+        hsflctl.regval = E1000_READ_ICH_FLASH_REG16(hw, ICH_FLASH_HSFCTL);
+        /* 0b/1b corresponds to 1 or 2 byte size, respectively. */
+        hsflctl.hsf_ctrl.fldbcount = size - 1;
+        hsflctl.hsf_ctrl.flcycle = ICH_CYCLE_READ;
+        E1000_WRITE_ICH_FLASH_REG16(hw, ICH_FLASH_HSFCTL, hsflctl.regval);
+
+        /* Write the last 24 bits of index into Flash Linear address field in
+         * Flash Address */
+        /* TODO: TBD maybe check the index against the size of flash */
+
+        E1000_WRITE_ICH_FLASH_REG(hw, ICH_FLASH_FADDR, flash_linear_address);
+
+        error = e1000_ich8_flash_cycle(hw, ICH_FLASH_COMMAND_TIMEOUT);
+
+        /* Check if FCERR is set to 1, if set to 1, clear it and try the whole
+         * sequence a few more times, else read in (shift in) the Flash Data0,
+         * the order is least significant byte first msb to lsb */
+        if (error == E1000_SUCCESS) {
+            flash_data = E1000_READ_ICH_FLASH_REG(hw, ICH_FLASH_FDATA0);
+            if (size == 1) {
+                *data = (u8)(flash_data & 0x000000FF);
+            } else if (size == 2) {
+                *data = (u16)(flash_data & 0x0000FFFF);
+            }
+            break;
+        } else {
+            /* If we've gotten here, then things are probably completely hosed,
+             * but if the error condition is detected, it won't hurt to give
+             * it another try...ICH_FLASH_CYCLE_REPEAT_COUNT times.
+             */
+            hsfsts.regval = E1000_READ_ICH_FLASH_REG16(hw, ICH_FLASH_HSFSTS);
+            if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcerr == 1) {
+                /* Repeat for some time before giving up. */
+                continue;
+            } else if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcdone == 0) {
+                DEBUGOUT("Timeout error - flash cycle did not complete.");
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    } while (count++ < ICH_FLASH_CYCLE_REPEAT_COUNT);
+
+    return error;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Writes One /two bytes to the NVM using the ICH8 flash access registers.
+ *
+ * hw - The pointer to the hw structure
+ * index - The index of the byte/word to read.
+ * size - Size of data to read, 1=byte 2=word
+ * data - The byte(s) to write to the NVM.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_write_ich8_data(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 index, u32 size,
+				 u16 data)
+{
+    union ich8_hws_flash_status hsfsts;
+    union ich8_hws_flash_ctrl hsflctl;
+    u32 flash_linear_address;
+    u32 flash_data = 0;
+    s32 error = -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+    s32 count = 0;
+
+    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_ich8_data");
+
+    if (size < 1  || size > 2 || data > size * 0xff ||
+        index > ICH_FLASH_LINEAR_ADDR_MASK)
+        return error;
+
+    flash_linear_address = (ICH_FLASH_LINEAR_ADDR_MASK & index) +
+                           hw->flash_base_addr;
+
+    do {
+        udelay(1);
+        /* Steps */
+        error = e1000_ich8_cycle_init(hw);
+        if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
+            break;
+
+        hsflctl.regval = E1000_READ_ICH_FLASH_REG16(hw, ICH_FLASH_HSFCTL);
+        /* 0b/1b corresponds to 1 or 2 byte size, respectively. */
+        hsflctl.hsf_ctrl.fldbcount = size -1;
+        hsflctl.hsf_ctrl.flcycle = ICH_CYCLE_WRITE;
+        E1000_WRITE_ICH_FLASH_REG16(hw, ICH_FLASH_HSFCTL, hsflctl.regval);
+
+        /* Write the last 24 bits of index into Flash Linear address field in
+         * Flash Address */
+        E1000_WRITE_ICH_FLASH_REG(hw, ICH_FLASH_FADDR, flash_linear_address);
+
+        if (size == 1)
+            flash_data = (u32)data & 0x00FF;
+        else
+            flash_data = (u32)data;
+
+        E1000_WRITE_ICH_FLASH_REG(hw, ICH_FLASH_FDATA0, flash_data);
+
+        /* check if FCERR is set to 1 , if set to 1, clear it and try the whole
+         * sequence a few more times else done */
+        error = e1000_ich8_flash_cycle(hw, ICH_FLASH_COMMAND_TIMEOUT);
+        if (error == E1000_SUCCESS) {
+            break;
+        } else {
+            /* If we're here, then things are most likely completely hosed,
+             * but if the error condition is detected, it won't hurt to give
+             * it another try...ICH_FLASH_CYCLE_REPEAT_COUNT times.
+             */
+            hsfsts.regval = E1000_READ_ICH_FLASH_REG16(hw, ICH_FLASH_HSFSTS);
+            if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcerr == 1) {
+                /* Repeat for some time before giving up. */
+                continue;
+            } else if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcdone == 0) {
+                DEBUGOUT("Timeout error - flash cycle did not complete.");
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    } while (count++ < ICH_FLASH_CYCLE_REPEAT_COUNT);
+
+    return error;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Reads a single byte from the NVM using the ICH8 flash access registers.
+ *
+ * hw - pointer to e1000_hw structure
+ * index - The index of the byte to read.
+ * data - Pointer to a byte to store the value read.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_read_ich8_byte(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 index, u8 *data)
+{
+    s32 status = E1000_SUCCESS;
+    u16 word = 0;
+
+    status = e1000_read_ich8_data(hw, index, 1, &word);
+    if (status == E1000_SUCCESS) {
+        *data = (u8)word;
+    }
+
+    return status;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Writes a single byte to the NVM using the ICH8 flash access registers.
+ * Performs verification by reading back the value and then going through
+ * a retry algorithm before giving up.
+ *
+ * hw - pointer to e1000_hw structure
+ * index - The index of the byte to write.
+ * byte - The byte to write to the NVM.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_verify_write_ich8_byte(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 index, u8 byte)
+{
+    s32 error = E1000_SUCCESS;
+    s32 program_retries = 0;
+
+    DEBUGOUT2("Byte := %2.2X Offset := %d\n", byte, index);
+
+    error = e1000_write_ich8_byte(hw, index, byte);
+
+    if (error != E1000_SUCCESS) {
+        for (program_retries = 0; program_retries < 100; program_retries++) {
+            DEBUGOUT2("Retrying \t Byte := %2.2X Offset := %d\n", byte, index);
+            error = e1000_write_ich8_byte(hw, index, byte);
+            udelay(100);
+            if (error == E1000_SUCCESS)
+                break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (program_retries == 100)
+        error = E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+
+    return error;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Writes a single byte to the NVM using the ICH8 flash access registers.
+ *
+ * hw - pointer to e1000_hw structure
+ * index - The index of the byte to read.
+ * data - The byte to write to the NVM.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_write_ich8_byte(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 index, u8 data)
+{
+    s32 status = E1000_SUCCESS;
+    u16 word = (u16)data;
+
+    status = e1000_write_ich8_data(hw, index, 1, word);
+
+    return status;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Reads a word from the NVM using the ICH8 flash access registers.
+ *
+ * hw - pointer to e1000_hw structure
+ * index - The starting byte index of the word to read.
+ * data - Pointer to a word to store the value read.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_read_ich8_word(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 index, u16 *data)
+{
+    s32 status = E1000_SUCCESS;
+    status = e1000_read_ich8_data(hw, index, 2, data);
+    return status;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Erases the bank specified. Each bank may be a 4, 8 or 64k block. Banks are 0
+ * based.
+ *
+ * hw - pointer to e1000_hw structure
+ * bank - 0 for first bank, 1 for second bank
+ *
+ * Note that this function may actually erase as much as 8 or 64 KBytes.  The
+ * amount of NVM used in each bank is a *minimum* of 4 KBytes, but in fact the
+ * bank size may be 4, 8 or 64 KBytes
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_erase_ich8_4k_segment(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 bank)
+{
+    union ich8_hws_flash_status hsfsts;
+    union ich8_hws_flash_ctrl hsflctl;
+    u32 flash_linear_address;
+    s32  count = 0;
+    s32  error = E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+    s32  iteration;
+    s32  sub_sector_size = 0;
+    s32  bank_size;
+    s32  j = 0;
+    s32  error_flag = 0;
+
+    hsfsts.regval = E1000_READ_ICH_FLASH_REG16(hw, ICH_FLASH_HSFSTS);
+
+    /* Determine HW Sector size: Read BERASE bits of Hw flash Status register */
+    /* 00: The Hw sector is 256 bytes, hence we need to erase 16
+     *     consecutive sectors.  The start index for the nth Hw sector can be
+     *     calculated as bank * 4096 + n * 256
+     * 01: The Hw sector is 4K bytes, hence we need to erase 1 sector.
+     *     The start index for the nth Hw sector can be calculated
+     *     as bank * 4096
+     * 10: The HW sector is 8K bytes
+     * 11: The Hw sector size is 64K bytes */
+    if (hsfsts.hsf_status.berasesz == 0x0) {
+        /* Hw sector size 256 */
+        sub_sector_size = ICH_FLASH_SEG_SIZE_256;
+        bank_size = ICH_FLASH_SECTOR_SIZE;
+        iteration = ICH_FLASH_SECTOR_SIZE / ICH_FLASH_SEG_SIZE_256;
+    } else if (hsfsts.hsf_status.berasesz == 0x1) {
+        bank_size = ICH_FLASH_SEG_SIZE_4K;
+        iteration = 1;
+    } else if (hsfsts.hsf_status.berasesz == 0x3) {
+        bank_size = ICH_FLASH_SEG_SIZE_64K;
+        iteration = 1;
+    } else {
+        return error;
+    }
+
+    for (j = 0; j < iteration ; j++) {
+        do {
+            count++;
+            /* Steps */
+            error = e1000_ich8_cycle_init(hw);
+            if (error != E1000_SUCCESS) {
+                error_flag = 1;
+                break;
+            }
+
+            /* Write a value 11 (block Erase) in Flash Cycle field in Hw flash
+             * Control */
+            hsflctl.regval = E1000_READ_ICH_FLASH_REG16(hw, ICH_FLASH_HSFCTL);
+            hsflctl.hsf_ctrl.flcycle = ICH_CYCLE_ERASE;
+            E1000_WRITE_ICH_FLASH_REG16(hw, ICH_FLASH_HSFCTL, hsflctl.regval);
+
+            /* Write the last 24 bits of an index within the block into Flash
+             * Linear address field in Flash Address.  This probably needs to
+             * be calculated here based off the on-chip erase sector size and
+             * the software bank size (4, 8 or 64 KBytes) */
+            flash_linear_address = bank * bank_size + j * sub_sector_size;
+            flash_linear_address += hw->flash_base_addr;
+            flash_linear_address &= ICH_FLASH_LINEAR_ADDR_MASK;
+
+            E1000_WRITE_ICH_FLASH_REG(hw, ICH_FLASH_FADDR, flash_linear_address);
+
+            error = e1000_ich8_flash_cycle(hw, ICH_FLASH_ERASE_TIMEOUT);
+            /* Check if FCERR is set to 1.  If 1, clear it and try the whole
+             * sequence a few more times else Done */
+            if (error == E1000_SUCCESS) {
+                break;
+            } else {
+                hsfsts.regval = E1000_READ_ICH_FLASH_REG16(hw, ICH_FLASH_HSFSTS);
+                if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcerr == 1) {
+                    /* repeat for some time before giving up */
+                    continue;
+                } else if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcdone == 0) {
+                    error_flag = 1;
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+        } while ((count < ICH_FLASH_CYCLE_REPEAT_COUNT) && !error_flag);
+        if (error_flag == 1)
+            break;
+    }
+    if (error_flag != 1)
+        error = E1000_SUCCESS;
+    return error;
+}
+
+static s32 e1000_init_lcd_from_nvm_config_region(struct e1000_hw *hw,
+						 u32 cnf_base_addr,
+						 u32 cnf_size)
+{
+    u32 ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
+    u16 word_addr, reg_data, reg_addr;
+    u16 i;
+
+    /* cnf_base_addr is in DWORD */
+    word_addr = (u16)(cnf_base_addr << 1);
+
+    /* cnf_size is returned in size of dwords */
+    for (i = 0; i < cnf_size; i++) {
+        ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, (word_addr + i*2), 1, &reg_data);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+
+        ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, (word_addr + i*2 + 1), 1, &reg_addr);
+        if (ret_val)
+            return ret_val;
+
+        ret_val = e1000_get_software_flag(hw);
+        if (ret_val != E1000_SUCCESS)
+            return ret_val;
+
+        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, (u32)reg_addr, reg_data);
+
+        e1000_release_software_flag(hw);
+    }
+
+    return ret_val;
+}
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * This function initializes the PHY from the NVM on ICH8 platforms. This
+ * is needed due to an issue where the NVM configuration is not properly
+ * autoloaded after power transitions. Therefore, after each PHY reset, we
+ * will load the configuration data out of the NVM manually.
+ *
+ * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_init_lcd_from_nvm(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+    u32 reg_data, cnf_base_addr, cnf_size, ret_val, loop;
+
+    if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_igp_3)
+          return E1000_SUCCESS;
+
+    /* Check if SW needs configure the PHY */
+    reg_data = er32(FEXTNVM);
+    if (!(reg_data & FEXTNVM_SW_CONFIG))
+        return E1000_SUCCESS;
+
+    /* Wait for basic configuration completes before proceeding*/
+    loop = 0;
+    do {
+        reg_data = er32(STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_LAN_INIT_DONE;
+        udelay(100);
+        loop++;
+    } while ((!reg_data) && (loop < 50));
+
+    /* Clear the Init Done bit for the next init event */
+    reg_data = er32(STATUS);
+    reg_data &= ~E1000_STATUS_LAN_INIT_DONE;
+    ew32(STATUS, reg_data);
+
+    /* Make sure HW does not configure LCD from PHY extended configuration
+       before SW configuration */
+    reg_data = er32(EXTCNF_CTRL);
+    if ((reg_data & E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_LCD_WRITE_ENABLE) == 0x0000) {
+        reg_data = er32(EXTCNF_SIZE);
+        cnf_size = reg_data & E1000_EXTCNF_SIZE_EXT_PCIE_LENGTH;
+        cnf_size >>= 16;
+        if (cnf_size) {
+            reg_data = er32(EXTCNF_CTRL);
+            cnf_base_addr = reg_data & E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_EXT_CNF_POINTER;
+            /* cnf_base_addr is in DWORD */
+            cnf_base_addr >>= 16;
+
+            /* Configure LCD from extended configuration region. */
+            ret_val = e1000_init_lcd_from_nvm_config_region(hw, cnf_base_addr,
+                                                            cnf_size);
+            if (ret_val)
+                return ret_val;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+